We don't make any pdf files here, so these files became unnecessary.
deleted: build-aux/po4a-texi.mk
deleted: build-aux/texi2pod.pl
deleted: build-aux/texinfo-ja.tex
deleted: build-aux/texinfo-modified.tex
deleted: build-aux/texinfo.tex
deleted: build-aux/txi-ja.tex
+++ /dev/null
-texi_sources = $(texi_source_main) $(texi_source_others)
-
-original_source_main = ${addprefix original/texi/,$(texi_source_main)}
-original_source_others = ${addprefix original/texi/,$(texi_source_others)}
-original_sources = $(original_source_main) $(original_source_others)
-
-ifdef PACKAGE_SUBNAME
- po_source = po4a/texi/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).po
- target_htmldir = draft/html/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME)
- target_info = draft/info/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).info
- target_plaintext = draft/text/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).txt
- target_pdf = draft/pdf/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).pdf
- target_pod = draft/pod/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).pod
-else
- po_source = po4a/texi/ja.po
- target_htmldir = draft/html
- target_info = draft/info/$(PACKAGE_NAME).info
- target_plaintext = draft/text/$(PACKAGE_NAME).txt
- target_pdf = draft/pdf/$(PACKAGE_NAME).pdf
- target_pod = draft/pod/$(PACKAGE_NAME).pod
-endif
-
-target_source_main = ${addprefix draft/texi/,$(texi_source_main)}
-target_source_others = ${addprefix draft/texi/,$(texi_source_others)}
-target_sources = $(target_source_main) $(target_source_others)
-
-target_html = $(target_htmldir)/index.html
-target_man = draft/man/man1/$(PACKAGE_NAME).1
-
-POTFILE=po4a/texi/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-texi.pot
-ifdef PACKAGE_SUBNAME
- POFILE=po4a/texi/$(PACKAGE_SUBNAME).po
-else
- POFILE=po4a/texi/ja.po
-endif
-
-.DEFAULT_GOAL := all
-all: extra_texi info #html text pdf
-
-info: $(target_info)
-$(target_info): $(target_sources)
- makeinfo -o $@ $(target_source_main)
-#$(target_source_main): $(target_source_others)
-
-original-info: $(original_sources)
- mkdir -p tmp/info
- makeinfo -o tmp/info/$(PACKAGE_NAME).info $<
-
-html: $(target_html)
-$(target_html): $(target_sources)
- makeinfo --html -o $(target_htmldir) $(target_source_main)
-
-text: $(target_plaintext)
-$(target_plaintext): $(target_sources)
- makeinfo --plaintext -o $@ $(target_source_main)
-
-pdf: $(target_pdf)
-$(target_pdf): texi
- mkdir -p draft/pdf
- cd draft/pdf && \
- TEXINPUTS=../../../build-aux: PDFTEX=xetex texi2pdf ../../$(target_source_main)
-
-$(target_sources): $(original_sources) $(po_source) $(PO4ACFG)
- po4a $(PO4AFLAGS) -v --previous $(PO4ACFG)
- @sed -i -e "s|$(PWD)/||g" $(POTFILE)
- @sed -i -e "s|$(PWD)/||g" $(POFILE)
- @sed -i -e "s/\(\\input texinfo\) /\1\-ja /" $(target_source_main)
- @touch $(target_sources)
-$(po_source):
- po4a $(PO4AFLAGS) -v --previous $(PO4ACFG)
- @sed -i -e "s|$(PWD)/||g" $(POTFILE)
- @sed -i -e "s|$(PWD)/||g" $(POFILE)
- @sed -i -e "s/\(\\input texinfo\) /\1\-ja /" $(target_source_main)
- @touch $(target_sources)
-#M#texibuild:
-
-extra_texi::
-
-pod: $(target_pod)
-$(target_pod): $(target_source_main)
- @mkdir -p $(@D)
- $(eval VERSION=$(shell grep '^@set VERSION' draft/texi/version.texi | sed -e "s/\@set VERSION //"))
- @../build-aux/texi2pod.pl -D VERSION="$(VERSION)" $(target_source_main) $@
-
-man: $(target_man)
-$(target_man): $(target_pod)
- @mkdir -p $(@D)
- pod2man --center="$(FULL_PACKAGE_NAME)" --release="$(FULL_PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION)" --utf8 $? > $@ || \
- pod2man --center="$(FULL_PACKAGE_NAME)" --release="$(FULL_PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION)" $? > $@
-
-stat:
- @echo -n $(po_source)": "
- @msgfmt --statistics -o /dev/null $(po_source)
-
-clean:
- rm -f draft/pdf/$(PACKAGE_MAIN).{aux,cp,cps,fn,fns,log,tmp,toc}
-
-.PHONY: all info html text dvi pdf texi texibuild extra_texi pod man stat clean
+++ /dev/null
-#! /usr/bin/env perl
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2003, 2007, 2009-2011, 2015, 2018-2021 Free
-# Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This file is part of GCC.
-
-# GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with GCC. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# This does trivial (and I mean _trivial_) conversion of Texinfo
-# markup to Perl POD format. It's intended to be used to extract
-# something suitable for a manpage from a Texinfo document.
-
-use warnings;
-BEGIN { eval { require warnings; } and warnings->import; }
-
-$output = 0;
-$skipping = 0;
-%sects = ();
-$section = "";
-@icstack = ();
-@endwstack = ();
-@skstack = ();
-@instack = ();
-$shift = "";
-%defs = ();
-$fnno = 1;
-$inf = "";
-$ibase = "";
-
-while ($_ = shift) {
- if (/^-D(.*)$/) {
- if ($1 ne "") {
- $flag = $1;
- } else {
- $flag = shift;
- }
- $value = "";
- ($flag, $value) = ($flag =~ /^([^=]+)(?:=(.+))?/);
- die "no flag specified for -D\n"
- unless $flag ne "";
- die "flags may only contain letters, digits, hyphens, dashes and underscores\n"
- unless $flag =~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+$/;
- $defs{$flag} = $value;
- } elsif (/^-/) {
- usage();
- } else {
- $in = $_, next unless defined $in;
- $out = $_, next unless defined $out;
- usage();
- }
-}
-
-if (defined $in) {
- $inf = gensym();
- open($inf, "<$in") or die "opening \"$in\": $!\n";
- $ibase = $1 if $in =~ m|^(.+)/[^/]+$|;
-} else {
- $inf = \*STDIN;
-}
-
-if (defined $out) {
- open(STDOUT, ">$out") or die "opening \"$out\": $!\n";
-}
-
-while(defined $inf) {
-while(<$inf>) {
- # Certain commands are discarded without further processing.
- /^\@(?:
- [a-z]+index # @*index: useful only in complete manual
- |need # @need: useful only in printed manual
- |(?:end\s+)?group # @group .. @end group: ditto
- |page # @page: ditto
- |node # @node: useful only in .info file
- |(?:end\s+)?ifnottex # @ifnottex .. @end ifnottex: use contents
- )\b/x and next;
-
- chomp;
-
- # Look for filename and title markers.
- /^\@setfilename\s+([^.]+)/ and $fn = $1, next;
- /^\@settitle\s+([^.]+)/ and $tl = postprocess($1), next;
-
- # Identify a man title but keep only the one we are interested in.
- /^\@c\s+man\s+title\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)\s+(.+)/ and do {
- if (exists $defs{$1}) {
- $fn = $1;
- $tl = postprocess($2);
- }
- next;
- };
-
- # Look for blocks surrounded by @c man begin SECTION ... @c man end.
- # This really oughta be @ifman ... @end ifman and the like, but such
- # would require rev'ing all other Texinfo translators.
- /^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)/ and do {
- $output = 1 if exists $defs{$2};
- $sect = $1;
- next;
- };
- /^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)/ and $sect = $1, $output = 1, next;
- /^\@c\s+man\s+end/ and do {
- $sects{$sect} = "" unless exists $sects{$sect};
- $sects{$sect} .= postprocess($section);
- $section = "";
- $output = 0;
- next;
- };
-
- # handle variables
- /^\@set\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\s*(.*)$/ and do {
- $defs{$1} = $2;
- next;
- };
- /^\@clear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
- delete $defs{$1};
- next;
- };
-
- next unless $output;
-
- # Discard comments. (Can't do it above, because then we'd never see
- # @c man lines.)
- /^\@c\b/ and next;
-
- # End-block handler goes up here because it needs to operate even
- # if we are skipping.
- /^\@end\s+([a-z]+)/ and do {
- # Ignore @end foo, where foo is not an operation which may
- # cause us to skip, if we are presently skipping.
- my $ended = $1;
- next if $skipping && $ended !~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex|copying)$/;
-
- die "\@end $ended without \@$ended at line $.\n" unless defined $endw;
- die "\@$endw ended by \@end $ended at line $.\n" unless $ended eq $endw;
-
- $endw = pop @endwstack;
-
- if ($ended =~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex)$/) {
- $skipping = pop @skstack;
- next;
- } elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:example|smallexample|display)$/) {
- $shift = "";
- $_ = ""; # need a paragraph break
- } elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:itemize|enumerate|[fv]?table)$/) {
- $_ = "\n=back\n";
- $ic = pop @icstack;
- } else {
- die "unknown command \@end $ended at line $.\n";
- }
- };
-
- # We must handle commands which can cause skipping even while we
- # are skipping, otherwise we will not process nested conditionals
- # correctly.
- /^\@ifset\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
- push @endwstack, $endw;
- push @skstack, $skipping;
- $endw = "ifset";
- $skipping = 1 unless exists $defs{$1};
- next;
- };
-
- /^\@ifclear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
- push @endwstack, $endw;
- push @skstack, $skipping;
- $endw = "ifclear";
- $skipping = 1 if exists $defs{$1};
- next;
- };
-
- /^\@(ignore|menu|iftex|copying)\b/ and do {
- push @endwstack, $endw;
- push @skstack, $skipping;
- $endw = $1;
- $skipping = 1;
- next;
- };
-
- next if $skipping;
-
- # Character entities. First the ones that can be replaced by raw text
- # or discarded outright:
- s/\@copyright\{\}/(c)/g;
- s/\@dots\{\}/.../g;
- s/\@enddots\{\}/..../g;
- s/\@([.!? ])/$1/g;
- s/\@[:-]//g;
- s/\@bullet(?:\{\})?/*/g;
- s/\@TeX\{\}/TeX/g;
- s/\@pounds\{\}/\#/g;
- s/\@minus(?:\{\})?/-/g;
- s/\\,/,/g;
-
- # Now the ones that have to be replaced by special escapes
- # (which will be turned back into text by unmunge())
- s/&/&/g;
- s/\@\@/&at;/g;
- s/\@\{/{/g;
- s/\@\}/}/g;
-
- # Inside a verbatim block, handle @var specially.
- if ($shift ne "") {
- s/\@var\{([^\}]*)\}/<$1>/g;
- }
-
- # POD doesn't interpret E<> inside a verbatim block.
- if ($shift eq "") {
- s/</</g;
- s/>/>/g;
- } else {
- s/</</g;
- s/>/>/g;
- }
-
- # Single line command handlers.
-
- /^\@include\s+(.+)$/ and do {
- push @instack, $inf;
- $inf = gensym();
- $file = postprocess($1);
-
- # Try cwd and $ibase.
- open($inf, "<" . $file)
- or open($inf, "<" . $ibase . "/" . $file)
- or die "cannot open $file or $ibase/$file: $!\n";
- next;
- };
-
- /^\@(?:section|unnumbered|unnumberedsec|center)\s+(.+)$/
- and $_ = "\n=head2 $1\n";
- /^\@subsection\s+(.+)$/
- and $_ = "\n=head3 $1\n";
-
- # Block command handlers:
- /^\@itemize(?:\s+(\@[a-z]+|\*|-))?/ and do {
- push @endwstack, $endw;
- push @icstack, $ic;
- if (defined $1) {
- $ic = $1;
- } else {
- $ic = '@bullet';
- }
- $_ = "\n=over 4\n";
- $endw = "itemize";
- };
-
- /^\@enumerate(?:\s+([a-zA-Z0-9]+))?/ and do {
- push @endwstack, $endw;
- push @icstack, $ic;
- if (defined $1) {
- $ic = $1 . ".";
- } else {
- $ic = "1.";
- }
- $_ = "\n=over 4\n";
- $endw = "enumerate";
- };
-
- /^\@([fv]?table)\s+(\@[a-z]+)/ and do {
- push @endwstack, $endw;
- push @icstack, $ic;
- $endw = $1;
- $ic = $2;
- $ic =~ s/\@(?:samp|strong|key|gcctabopt|env)/B/;
- $ic =~ s/\@(?:code|kbd)/C/;
- $ic =~ s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)/I/;
- $ic =~ s/\@(?:file)/F/;
- $_ = "\n=over 4\n";
- };
-
- /^\@((?:small)?example|display)/ and do {
- push @endwstack, $endw;
- $endw = $1;
- $shift = "\t";
- $_ = ""; # need a paragraph break
- };
-
- /^\@itemx?\s*(.+)?$/ and do {
- if (defined $1) {
- my $thing = $1;
- if ($ic =~ /\@asis/) {
- $_ = "\n=item C<$thing>\n";
- } else {
- # Entity escapes prevent munging by the <> processing below.
- $_ = "\n=item $ic\<$thing\>\n";
- }
- } else {
- $_ = "\n=item $ic\n";
- $ic =~ y/A-Ya-y/B-Zb-z/;
- $ic =~ s/(\d+)/$1 + 1/eg;
- }
- };
-
- $section .= $shift.$_."\n";
-}
-# End of current file.
-close($inf);
-$inf = pop @instack;
-}
-
-die "No filename or title\n" unless defined $fn && defined $tl;
-
-$sects{NAME} = "$fn \- $tl\n";
-$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=back\n" if exists $sects{FOOTNOTES};
-
-print "=encoding utf-8\n\n";
-
-for $sect (qw(NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION OPTIONS ENVIRONMENT EXITSTATUS
- FILES BUGS NOTES FOOTNOTES SEEALSO AUTHOR COPYRIGHT)) {
- if(exists $sects{$sect}) {
- $head = $sect;
- $head =~ s/SEEALSO/SEE ALSO/;
- $head =~ s/EXITSTATUS/EXIT STATUS/;
- print "=head1 $head\n\n";
- print scalar unmunge ($sects{$sect});
- print "\n";
- }
-}
-
-sub usage
-{
- die "usage: $0 [-D toggle...] [infile [outfile]]\n";
-}
-
-sub postprocess
-{
- local $_ = $_[0];
-
- # @value{foo} is replaced by whatever 'foo' is defined as.
- while (m/(\@value\{([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\})/g) {
- if (! exists $defs{$2}) {
- print STDERR "Option $2 not defined\n";
- s/\Q$1\E//;
- } else {
- $value = $defs{$2};
- s/\Q$1\E/$value/;
- }
- }
-
- # Formatting commands.
- # Temporary escape for @r.
- s/\@r\{([^\}]*)\}/R<$1>/g;
- s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)\{([^\}]*)\}/I<$1>/g;
- s/\@(?:code|kbd)\{([^\}]*)\}/C<$1>/g;
- s/\@(?:gccoptlist|samp|strong|key|option|env|command|b)\{([^\}]*)\}/B<$1>/g;
- s/\@sc\{([^\}]*)\}/\U$1/g;
- s/\@file\{([^\}]*)\}/F<$1>/g;
- s/\@w\{([^\}]*)\}/S<$1>/g;
- s/\@(?:dmn|math)\{([^\}]*)\}/$1/g;
-
- # keep references of the form @ref{...}, print them bold
- s/\@(?:ref)\{([^\}]*)\}/B<$1>/g;
-
- # Change double single quotes to double quotes.
- s/''/"/g;
- s/``/"/g;
-
- # Cross references are thrown away, as are @noindent and @refill.
- # (@noindent is impossible in .pod, and @refill is unnecessary.)
- # @* is also impossible in .pod; we discard it and any newline that
- # follows it. Similarly, our macro @gol must be discarded.
-
- s/\(?\@xref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}(?:[^.<]|(?:<[^<>]*>))*\.\)?//g;
- s/\s+\(\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}\)//g;
- s/;\s+\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}//g;
- s/\@noindent\s*//g;
- s/\@refill//g;
- s/\@gol//g;
- s/\@\*\s*\n?//g;
-
- # @uref can take one, two, or three arguments, with different
- # semantics each time. @url and @email are just like @uref with
- # one argument, for our purposes.
- s/\@(?:uref|url|email)\{([^\},]*)\}/<B<$1>>/g;
- s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$2 (C<$1>)/g;
- s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$3/g;
-
- # Un-escape <> at this point.
- s/</</g;
- s/>/>/g;
-
- # Now un-nest all B<>, I<>, R<>. Theoretically we could have
- # indefinitely deep nesting; in practice, one level suffices.
- 1 while s/([BIR])<([^<>]*)([BIR])<([^<>]*)>/$1<$2>$3<$4>$1</g;
-
- # Replace R<...> with bare ...; eliminate empty markup, B<>;
- # shift white space at the ends of [BI]<...> expressions outside
- # the expression.
- s/R<([^<>]*)>/$1/g;
- s/[BI]<>//g;
- s/([BI])<(\s+)([^>]+)>/$2$1<$3>/g;
- s/([BI])<([^>]+?)(\s+)>/$1<$2>$3/g;
-
- # Extract footnotes. This has to be done after all other
- # processing because otherwise the regexp will choke on formatting
- # inside @footnote.
- while (/\@footnote/g) {
- s/\@footnote\{([^\}]+)\}/[$fnno]/;
- add_footnote($1, $fnno);
- $fnno++;
- }
-
- return $_;
-}
-
-sub unmunge
-{
- # Replace escaped symbols with their equivalents.
- local $_ = $_[0];
-
- s/</E<lt>/g;
- s/>/E<gt>/g;
- s/{/\{/g;
- s/}/\}/g;
- s/&at;/\@/g;
- s/&/&/g;
- return $_;
-}
-
-sub add_footnote
-{
- unless (exists $sects{FOOTNOTES}) {
- $sects{FOOTNOTES} = "\n=over 4\n\n";
- }
-
- $sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=item $fnno.\n\n"; $fnno++;
- $sects{FOOTNOTES} .= $_[0];
- $sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "\n\n";
-}
-
-# stolen from Symbol.pm
-{
- my $genseq = 0;
- sub gensym
- {
- my $name = "GEN" . $genseq++;
- my $ref = \*{$name};
- delete $::{$name};
- return $ref;
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-% texinfo-ja.tex -- Japanese texinfo.tex loader
-% Some CJK packages are necessary to load before texinfo.tex.
-%
-% Copyright 2016, 2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the license, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-% Written by Masamichi Hosoda, 6 May 2016, <trueroad@trueroad.jp>
-
-%
-% For LuaTeX
-%
-\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
-\else
- % LuaTeX 0.95+ is required.
- \ifnum\luatexversion<95
- \errmessage{LuaTeX 0.95+ is required}
- \fi
- % LuaTeX-ja: Typeset Japanese with Lua(La)TeX
- % http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja
- \openin 1 luatexja.sty \ifeof 1
- \errmessage{LuaTeX-ja is not found.
- It is required for Japanese Texinfo files with LuaTeX.
- http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja
- It might be contained in texlive-lang-japanese package}
- \else
- \input luatexja.sty
- \def\txijapackage{LaTeX-ja}
- \fi
-\fi
-
-%
-% For XeTeX
-%
-\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-\else
- % XeTeX 0.9998+ is required.
- \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.9998}<0
- \errmessage{XeTeX 0.9998+ is required}
- \fi
- % zhspacing: Spacing for mixed CJK-English documents in XeTeX
- % http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/xetex/generic/zhspacing
- %
- % This package is originally for Chinese,
- % but can also used in Japanese.
- %
- \openin 1 zhspacing.sty \ifeof 1
- \errmessage{zhspacing is not found.
- It is required for Japanese Texinfo files with XeTeX.
- http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/xetex/generic/zhspacing
- It might be contained in texlive-lang-chinese.
- (This package is for Chinese, but can also used in Japanese)}
- \else
- \def\zhfont{dummy} % Cancel the request of SimSun font
- \def\zhpunctfont{dummy} % Cancel the request of SimSun font
- \input zhspacing.sty
- \zhspacing
- \def\txijapackage{zhspacing}
- \fi
-\fi
-
-%
-% For others
-%
-\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \errmessage{The TeX engine is not LuaTeX / XeTeX.
- LuaTeX / XeTeX is required for Japanese Texinfo files}
- \fi
-\fi
-
-% Original texinfo.tex, but the modified version!
-\input texinfo-modified.tex
+++ /dev/null
-% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
-% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-%
-\def\texinfoversion{2021-04-25.21}
-%
-% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
-% License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-% General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
-% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
-% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
-% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
-%
-% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
-% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
-% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
-% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
-% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
-% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a
-% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
-% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
-%
-% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
-% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
-% tex foo.texi
-% texindex foo.??
-% tex foo.texi
-% tex foo.texi
-% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
-% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
-% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
-%
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
-% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
-% full Texinfo distribution.
-%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
-
-
-\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
- \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for
-% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
-\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
-
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
-\let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-\let\ptexgtr=>
-\let\ptexhat=^
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexinsert=\insert
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexless=<
-\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
-\let\ptexplus=+
-\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexslash=\/
-\let\ptexsp=\sp
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptexsup=\sup
-\let\ptext=\t
-\let\ptextop=\top
-{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
- \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
- \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
-\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-
-% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
-
-% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character.
-\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax}
-
-\chardef\dashChar = `\-
-\chardef\slashChar = `\/
-\chardef\underChar = `\_
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-% The following is used inside several \edef's.
-\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{
- Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
- ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
- data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
- man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
- par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
- spell-ing spell-ings
- stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
- wide-spread wrap-around
-}
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
-% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
-% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{%
- \tracingstats2
- \tracingpages1
- \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
- \tracingparagraphs1
- \tracingoutput1
- \tracingmacros2
- \tracingrestores1
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
- \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
- \tracingscantokens1
- \tracingifs1
- \tracinggroups1
- \tracingnesting2
- \tracingassigns1
- \fi
- \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
- \errorcontextlines16
-}%
-
-% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
-% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
-% after all.
-%
-\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
-\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
-
-% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
-% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
-%
-\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
-\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
-\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-
-%\f Output routine
-%
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
-
-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-
-% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
-% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
-% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
-%
-% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
-% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
-%
-% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
-% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
-% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
-
-% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
-% mark before the section break, and one after.
-% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs,
-% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs.
-% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
-% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
-% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
-% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
-%
-% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
-\def\domark{%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}%
- \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}%
- \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
- \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
- \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}%
- \mark{%
- \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
- \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
- \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks
- }%
-}
-
-% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
-% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
-%
-% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
-% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
-% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
-% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
-% first @chapter.
-\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
- \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi
- \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
-}
-\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
-\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi}
-
-% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
-\def\currentchapterdefs{}
-\def\currentsectiondefs{}
-\def\currentsection{}
-\def\prevchapterdefs{}
-\def\prevsectiondefs{}
-\def\currentcolordefs{}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
-
-% Main output routine.
-%
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\newtoks\defaultoutput
-\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox
-\newbox\footlinebox
-
-% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine
-% is run several times, which hides the original value of \topmark. This
-% can lead to a page heading being output and duplicating the chapter heading
-% of the index. Hence, save the contents of \topmark at the beginning of
-% the output routine. The saved contents are valid until we actually
-% \shipout a page.
-%
-% (We used to run a short output routine to actually set \topmark and
-% \firstmark to the right values, but if this was called with an empty page
-% containing whatsits for writing index entries, the whatsits would be thrown
-% away and the index auxiliary file would remain empty.)
-%
-\newtoks\savedtopmark
-\newif\iftopmarksaved
-\topmarksavedtrue
-\def\savetopmark{%
- \iftopmarksaved\else
- \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}%
- \global\topmarksavedtrue
- \fi
-}
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
-% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer
-% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written
-% to the auxiliary files.
-%
-\def\onepageout#1{%
- \hoffset=\normaloffset
- %
- \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
- \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
- %
- \checkchapterpage
- %
- % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page,
- % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the
- % values in \headline and \footline.
- %
- % Common context changes for both heading and footing.
- % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
- % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
- \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
- %
- \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
- \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
- \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
- \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}%
- %
- {%
- % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
- % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
- % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
- % before the \shipout runs.
- %
- \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
- \turnoffactive
- \shipout\vbox{%
- % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
- \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
- %
- \unvbox\headlinebox
- \pagebody{#1}%
- \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
- % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
- % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
- % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
- \vskip 24pt
- \unvbox\footlinebox
- \fi
- %
- }%
- }%
- \global\topmarksavedfalse
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-% Main part of page, including any footnotes
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
- \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-% Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings.
-\newif\ifchapterpage
-\def\checkchapterpage{%
- % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page
- \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi
- \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
- %
- \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
- \let\curchaptername\thischaptername
- %
- \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
- \chapterpagefalse
- \else
- \chapterpagetrue
- \fi
-}
-
-% Argument parsing
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
-%
-\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
-\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
- \def\argtorun{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \obeylines
- \spaceisspace
- #1%
- \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
-}
-
-{\obeylines %
- \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
- \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
- \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
- }%
-}
-
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to
-% \argcheckspaces.
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
-
-% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
-%
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
-% @end itemize @c foo
-% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
-% by \finishparsearg.
-%
-\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
- \def\temp{#3}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
- \let\temp\finishparsearg
- \else
- \let\temp\argcheckspaces
- \fi
- % Put the space token in:
- \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
-}
-
-% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
-% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
-% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
-% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
-% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
-% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
-%
-% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
-%
-\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
-
-
-% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
-%
-% \parseargdef\foo{...}
-% is roughly equivalent to
-% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
-% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-\def\parseargdef#1{%
- \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
-}
-\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
- \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
- \def#1##1%
-}
-
-% Several utility definitions with active space:
-{
- \obeyspaces
- \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
-
- % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
- % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
- % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
- % should produce a line of output anyway.
- %
- \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
-
- % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
- % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
- % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
- \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
-}
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
-%
-% \envdef\foo{...}
-% \def\Efoo{...}
-%
-% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
-% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
-% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
-% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
-% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
-%
-% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
-% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The
-% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
-% special case.)
-
-
-% At run-time, environments start with this:
-\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
-% initialize
-\let\thisenv\empty
-
-% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
-\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-
-% Check whether we're in the right environment:
-\def\checkenv#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \else
- \badenverr
- \fi
-}
-
-% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
-\def\badenverr{%
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
- not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-}
-\def\inenvironment#1{%
- \ifx#1\empty
- outside of any environment%
- \else
- in environment \expandafter\string#1%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-% @end foo calls \checkenv and executes the definition of \Efoo.
-\parseargdef\end{%
- \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
- \else
- % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
- \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
- \csname E#1\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @/ allows a line break.
-\let\/=\allowbreak
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
-%
-\def\onword{on}
-\def\offword{off}
-%
-\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
- \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
-% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
-% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
-% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
-% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
-% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
-%
-\newbox\groupbox
-\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
-%
-\envdef\group{%
- \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
- \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
- \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
- \fi
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
- % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
- % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
- % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
- % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
- % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
- % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
- \comment
-}
-%
-% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
-% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
-% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-% above. But it's pretty close.
-\def\Egroup{%
- % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
- % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
- \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
- \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
- \egroup % End the \vtop.
- \addgroupbox
- \prevdepth = \dimen1
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-\def\addgroupbox{
- % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
- \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
- % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
- \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
- % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
- % group, force a page break.
- \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
- \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
- \page
- \fi
- \fi
- \box\groupbox
-}
-
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
-
-\parseargdef\need{%
- % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
- % paragraph.
- \par
- %
- % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
- \dimen0 = #1\mil
- \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
- \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
- \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
- %
- % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
- % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
- % And a page break here is fine.
- \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
- %
- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
- %
- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
- \penalty9999
- %
- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
- \kern -#1\mil
- %
- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
- \nobreak
- \fi
-}
-
-% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page.
-%
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
- \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
-% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual.
-%
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-%
-\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
- \nobreak
- \kern-\strutdepth
- \vtop to \strutdepth{%
- \baselineskip=\strutdepth
- \vss
- % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
- % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
- \ifx#1l%
- \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
- \else
- \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
- \fi
- \null
- }%
-}}
-\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
-\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-%
-% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
-% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
-% else use TEXT for both).
-%
-\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
-\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
- \def\righttext{#2}%
- \else
- \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
- \def\righttext{#1}%
- \fi
- %
- \ifodd\pageno
- \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
- \else
- \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
- \fi
- \temp
-}
-
-% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
-%
-\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
-\def\includezzz#1{%
- \pushthisfilestack
- \def\thisfile{#1}%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
- \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
- \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
- \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
- %
- % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
- % definitions, etc.
- \expandafter
- }\temp
- \popthisfilestack
-}
-\def\filenamecatcodes{%
- \catcode`\\=\other
- \catcode`~=\other
- \catcode`^=\other
- \catcode`_=\other
- \catcode`|=\other
- \catcode`<=\other
- \catcode`>=\other
- \catcode`+=\other
- \catcode`-=\other
- \catcode`\`=\other
- \catcode`\'=\other
-}
-
-\def\pushthisfilestack{%
- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
- \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
-}
-
-\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
-\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
- the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-%
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line
-% outputs that line, centered.
-%
-\parseargdef\center{%
- \ifhmode
- \let\centersub\centerH
- \else
- \let\centersub\centerV
- \fi
- \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
- \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case
-}
-\def\centerH#1{{%
- \hfil\break
- \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \line{#1}%
- \break
-}}
-%
-\newcount\centerpenalty
-\def\centerV#1{%
- % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if
- % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe
- % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still
- % prevent a page break here.
- \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty
- \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
- \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi
- \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}%
-}
-
-% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
-%
-\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-
-
-\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\cxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-%
-\let\comment\c
-
-% @paragraphindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
-% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-%
-\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
-\def\noneword{none}
-%
-\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\asisword
- \else
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \defaultparindent = 0pt
- \else
- \defaultparindent = #1em
- \fi
- \fi
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
-}
-
-% @exampleindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
-% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
-% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\asisword
- \else
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \lispnarrowing = 0pt
- \else
- \lispnarrowing = #1em
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-
-% @firstparagraphindent WORD
-% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
-% paragraphs.
-%
-% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
-% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
-% By default, we suppress indentation.
-%
-\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\def\insertword{insert}
-%
-\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
- \else\ifx\temp\insertword
- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
-% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
-%
-% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
-% paragraph.
-%
-\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
- \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
- \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
- \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
-}
-%
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
- \global\let\indent = \ptexindent
- \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
- \global\everypar = {}%
-}
-
-% leave vertical mode without cancelling any first paragraph indent
-\gdef\imageindent{%
- \toks0=\everypar
- \everypar={}%
- \ptexnoindent
- \global\everypar=\toks0
-}
-
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
-\let\setfilename=\comment
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-
-\message{pdf,}
-% adobe `portable' document format
-\newcount\tempnum
-\newcount\lnkcount
-\newtoks\filename
-\newcount\filenamelength
-\newcount\pgn
-\newtoks\toksA
-\newtoks\toksB
-\newtoks\toksC
-\newtoks\toksD
-\newbox\boxA
-\newbox\boxB
-\newcount\countA
-\newif\ifpdf
-\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-
-%
-% For LuaTeX
-%
-
-\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
-\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc.
-
-\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
-\else
- % Use Unicode destination names
- \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
- % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\%=12
- \directlua{
- function UTF16oct(str)
- tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
- for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
- if c < 0x10000 then
- tex.sprint(
- string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
- string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
- math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256)))
- else
- c = c - 0x10000
- local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
- local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
- tex.sprint(
- string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
- string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
- string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
- string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
- math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256),
- math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256)))
- end
- end
- end
- }
- \endgroup
- \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
- % Escape PDF strings without converting
- \begingroup
- \directlua{
- function PDFescstr(str)
- for c in string.bytes(str) do
- if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then
- tex.sprint(-2,
- string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
- c))
- else
- tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c))
- end
- end
- end
- }
- % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12
- % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See
- % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html
- %
- \endgroup
- \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
- \ifnum\luatexversion>84
- % For LuaTeX >= 0.85
- \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
- \let\pdfoutput\outputmode
- \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
- \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
- \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
- \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
- \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
- \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
- \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
- \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
- \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
- \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
- \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
- \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
- \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
- \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
- \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
- \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
- \fi
-\fi
-
-% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
-% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
-\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
-\else
- \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
- \else
- \ifcase\pdfoutput
- \else
- \pdftrue
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
-
-\newif\ifpdforxetex
-\pdforxetexfalse
-\ifpdf
- \pdforxetextrue
-\fi
-\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else
- \pdforxetextrue
-\fi
-
-
-% Output page labels information.
-% See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1.
-\ifpdf
-\def\pagelabels{%
- \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}%
- \edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}%
- \edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}%
- %
- % Page label ranges must be increasing. Remove any duplicates.
- % (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is
- % a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.)
- %
- \ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi
- \ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}%
- \else
- \ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi
- \fi
- %
- \ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount
- \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax
- \else
- \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax
- \fi
-}
-\else
- \let\pagelabels\relax
-\fi
-
-\newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0
-\newcount\romancount \romancount=0
-\newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0
-\ifpdf
- \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno
- \def\advancepageno{%
- \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1
- }
-\fi
-
-
-% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
-% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
-% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
-% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
-%
-% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
-% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
-% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
-% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
-% do this reliably, so we use it.
-
-% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
-% which we \xdef.
-\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
- \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
- % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
- % Many times it won't matter.
- \xdef#1{#1}%
- \else
- % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
- % backslashes, and other special chars.
- \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{%
- \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined
- % No UTF-16 converting macro available.
- \txiescapepdf{#1}%
- \else
- \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
-with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
-be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
-output) for that.)}
-
-\ifpdf
- %
- % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
- % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
- % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
- % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
- % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use
- % black by default, though.
- \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
- \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
- %
- % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
- % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
- \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}}
- %
- % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
- % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
- \def\setcolor#1{%
- \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
- \domark
- \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
- }
- %
- \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
- \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
- \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
- \def\currentcolordefs{}
- %
- \def\makefootline{%
- \baselineskip24pt
- \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
- }
- %
- \def\makeheadline{%
- \vbox to 0pt{%
- \vskip-22.5pt
- \line{%
- \vbox to8.5pt{}%
- % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
- \getcolormarks
- % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
- \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
- }%
- \vss
- }%
- \nointerlineskip
- }
- %
- %
- \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
- %
- % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
- \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
- \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- %
- % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
- % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
- % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
- % bitmap.
- \let\pdfimgext=\empty
- \begingroup
- \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
- \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
- \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
- %
- % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
- % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \immediate\pdfimage
- \else
- \immediate\pdfximage
- \fi
- \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi
- \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi
- \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
- #1.\pdfimgext
- \else
- {#1.\pdfimgext}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
- \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
- \fi}
- %
- \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
- % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
- % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
- \indexnofonts
- \makevalueexpandable
- \turnoffactive
- \iftxiuseunicodedestname
- \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
- % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
- % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode.
- \else
- \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- % Pass through Unicode characters.
- \else
- % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
- \passthroughcharsfalse
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
- \passthroughcharsfalse
- \fi
- \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
- \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
- }}
- %
- \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
- \indexnofonts
- \makevalueexpandable
- \turnoffactive
- \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
- % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
- % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
- % the "PDFDocEncoding".
- \passthroughcharstrue
- % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
- % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode
- % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
- \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \else
- \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
- % For pdfTeX with UTF-8.
- % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings,
- % but the code for this isn't done yet.
- % Use ASCII approximations.
- \passthroughcharsfalse
- \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \else
- % For LuaTeX with UTF-8.
- % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts.
- \passthroughcharstrue
- \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \fi
- \else
- % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings.
- % Use ASCII approximations.
- \passthroughcharsfalse
- \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \fi
- \fi
- % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16
- % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
- \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext
- }}
- %
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
- \setpdfdestname{#1}%
- \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
- }
- %
- % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
- \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
- %
- % by default, use black for everything.
- \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
- \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
- \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
- %
- % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
- % come from Petr Olsak
- \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
- \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
- \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
- \advance\tempnum by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
- %
- % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
- % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
- % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
- % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
- % #4 is the page number
- %
- \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
- % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
- % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
- % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
- % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
- \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
- \setpdfdestname{#3}
- \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
- \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
- \fi
- %
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
- }
- %
- \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
- \begingroup
- % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
- \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \def\thischapnum{##2}%
- \def\thissecnum{0}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- }%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
- \def\thissecnum{##2}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- }%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
- }%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
- }%
- \def\thischapnum{0}%
- \def\thissecnum{0}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- %
- % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
- % al. a second time, below.
- \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
- \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
- \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
- \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
- \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
- \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
- \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \readdatafile{toc}%
- %
- % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
- % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
- % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
- %
- % We use the node names as the destinations.
- %
- % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
- % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
- % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
- %
- % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
- % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
- % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
- % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
- % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
- %
- % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
- % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too
- % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents
- % we use for the index sort strings.
- %
- \indexnofonts
- \setupdatafile
- % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
- % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
- \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
- \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
- \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
- \input \tocreadfilename
- \endgroup
- }
- {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
- \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
- \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
- \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
- ]
- %
- \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
- \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
- \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
- \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
- \advance\filenamelength by 1
- \fi
- \nextsp}
- \def\getfilename#1{%
- \filenamelength=0
- % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
- % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
- \edef\temp{#1}%
- \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
- }
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
- \else
- \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
- \fi
- % make a live url in pdf output.
- \def\pdfurl#1{%
- \begingroup
- % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
- % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
- % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
- % people have actually reported a problem with.
- %
- \normalturnoffactive
- \def\@{@}%
- \let\/=\empty
- \makevalueexpandable
- % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
- % special-casing \var here?
- \def\var##1{##1}%
- %
- \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
- \endgroup}
- % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may
- % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index
- % entry.
- \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
- \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
- \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
- \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
- \def\maketoks{%
- \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
- \ifx\first0\adn0
- \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
- \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
- \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
- \else
- \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
- \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
- \let\next=\maketoks
- \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
- \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \next}
- \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
- {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
- \def\pdflink#1{%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
- \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
- \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\else
- % non-pdf mode
- \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
- \let\pdfurl = \gobble
- \let\endlink = \relax
- \let\setcolor = \gobble
- \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
- \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-%
-% For XeTeX
-%
-\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-\else
- %
- % XeTeX version check
- %
- \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1
- % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307.
- % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941).
- % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special
- % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
- \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010}
- % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
- % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF.
- \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
- \else
- % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the
- % `dvipdfmx:config' special.
- % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement,
- % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary.
- %
- % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF
- % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue.
- % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
- \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
- \fi
- %
- % Color support
- %
- \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
- \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
- %
- \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}}
- %
- % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
- % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
- \def\setcolor#1{%
- \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
- \domark
- \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
- }
- %
- \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
- \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
- \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
- \def\currentcolordefs{}
- %
- \def\makefootline{%
- \baselineskip24pt
- \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
- }
- %
- \def\makeheadline{%
- \vbox to 0pt{%
- \vskip-22.5pt
- \line{%
- \vbox to8.5pt{}%
- % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
- \getcolormarks
- % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
- \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
- }%
- \vss
- }%
- \nointerlineskip
- }
- %
- % PDF outline support
- %
- % Emulate pdfTeX primitive
- \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
- \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}%
- }
- %
- \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
- % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
- % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
- \indexnofonts
- \makevalueexpandable
- \turnoffactive
- \iftxiuseunicodedestname
- % Pass through Unicode characters.
- \else
- % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
- \passthroughcharsfalse
- \fi
- \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
- \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
- }}
- %
- \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
- \turnoffactive
- % Always use Unicode characters in title texts.
- \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16.
- % So we do not convert.
- \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
- }}
- %
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
- \setpdfdestname{#1}%
- \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
- }
- %
- % by default, use black for everything.
- \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
- \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
- \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
- %
- \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
- \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
- \setpdfdestname{#3}
- \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
- \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
- \fi
- %
- \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
- << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }%
- }
- %
- \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
- \begingroup
- %
- % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary.
- % Therefore, we read toc only once.
- %
- % We use node names as destinations.
- %
- % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
- % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
- % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
- \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
- %
- \let\appentry\numchapentry%
- \let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
- \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
- \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
- \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
- \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
- \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
- \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
- %
- % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
- % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
- %
- \indexnofonts
- \setupdatafile
- % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
- % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
- \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
- \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
- \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
- \input \tocreadfilename
- \endgroup
- }
- {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
- \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
- \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
- \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
- ]
-
- \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
- % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
- % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
- % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
- % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings.
- % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
-%
- \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
- \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
- \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
- \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
- \advance\filenamelength by 1
- \fi
- \nextsp}
- \def\getfilename#1{%
- \filenamelength=0
- % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
- % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
- \edef\temp{#1}%
- \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
- }
- % make a live url in pdf output.
- \def\pdfurl#1{%
- \begingroup
- % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
- % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
- % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
- % people have actually reported a problem with.
- %
- \normalturnoffactive
- \def\@{@}%
- \let\/=\empty
- \makevalueexpandable
- % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
- % special-casing \var here?
- \def\var##1{##1}%
- %
- \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
- \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
- /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
- \endgroup}
- \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
- \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
- \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
- \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
- \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
- \def\maketoks{%
- \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
- \ifx\first0\adn0
- \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
- \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
- \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
- \else
- \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
- \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
- \let\next=\maketoks
- \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
- \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \next}
- \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
- {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
- \def\pdflink#1{%
- \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
- /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}%
- \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
- \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-%
- %
- % @image support
- %
- % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
- \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
- \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- %
- % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
- % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
- % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
- % bitmap.
- \let\xeteximgext=\empty
- \begingroup
- \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
- \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
- %
- % Putting an \hbox around the image can prevent an over-long line
- % after the image.
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
- \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
- \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
- \else
- \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
- \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
- \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
- \else
- \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
- \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
- \egroup
- }
-\fi
-
-
-%
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
-\def\baselinefactor{1}
-%
-\newdimen\textleading
-\def\setleading#1{%
- \dimen0 = #1\relax
- \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
- \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselines
- \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
- \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
- depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
- }%
-}
-
-% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
-%
-% do nothing with this by default.
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
-
-% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
-% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
-% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
-\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
- \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-8 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<23> <26> <0023>
-<28> <3B> <0028>
-<3F> <5B> <003F>
-<5D> <5E> <005D>
-<61> <7A> <0061>
-<7B> <7C> <2013>
-endbfrange
-40 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <00660066>
-<0C> <00660069>
-<0D> <0066006C>
-<0E> <006600660069>
-<0F> <00660066006C>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<21> <0021>
-<22> <201D>
-<27> <2019>
-<3C> <00A1>
-<3D> <003D>
-<3E> <00BF>
-<5C> <201C>
-<5F> <02D9>
-<60> <2018>
-<7D> <02DD>
-<7E> <007E>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
- }\endgroup
- \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
- \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
- }%
-%
-% \cmapOT1IT
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
- \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1IT)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-8 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<25> <26> <0025>
-<28> <3B> <0028>
-<3F> <5B> <003F>
-<5D> <5E> <005D>
-<61> <7A> <0061>
-<7B> <7C> <2013>
-endbfrange
-42 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <00660066>
-<0C> <00660069>
-<0D> <0066006C>
-<0E> <006600660069>
-<0F> <00660066006C>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<21> <0021>
-<22> <201D>
-<23> <0023>
-<24> <00A3>
-<27> <2019>
-<3C> <00A1>
-<3D> <003D>
-<3E> <00BF>
-<5C> <201C>
-<5F> <02D9>
-<60> <2018>
-<7D> <02DD>
-<7E> <007E>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
- }\endgroup
- \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
- \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
- }%
-%
-% \cmapOT1TT
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
- \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1TT)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-5 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<21> <26> <0021>
-<28> <5F> <0028>
-<61> <7E> <0061>
-endbfrange
-32 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <2191>
-<0C> <2193>
-<0D> <0027>
-<0E> <00A1>
-<0F> <00BF>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<20> <2423>
-<27> <2019>
-<60> <2018>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
- }\endgroup
- \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
- \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
- }%
-\fi\fi
-
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2.
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
-% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit).
-% Example:
-% #1 = \textrm
-% #2 = \rmshape
-% #3 = 10
-% #4 = \mainmagstep
-% #5 = OT1
-%
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
- \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
- \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
-}
-% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
-\let\cmap\gobble
-%
-% (end of cmaps)
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.)
-%
-\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
-% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
-\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\def\textecsize{1095}
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
-\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\smallecsize{0900}
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-\def\smallerecsize{0800}
-
-% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
-\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
-\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
-\font\seveni=cmmi7
-\font\sevensy=cmsy7
-\def\sevenecsize{0700}
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\titleecsize{2074}
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-\def\chapecsize{1728}
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\def\sececsize{1440}
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-\def\ssececsize{1200}
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi10
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
-\def\reducedecsize{1000}
-
-\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
-\textfonts % reset the current fonts
-\rm
-} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi
-
-
-% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
-% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
-% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
-% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
-%
-\def\definetextfontsizex{%
-% Text fonts (10pt).
-\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\def\textecsize{1000}
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
-\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\smallecsize{0900}
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-\def\smallerecsize{0800}
-
-% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
-\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
-\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
-\font\seveni=cmmi7
-\font\sevensy=cmsy7
-\def\sevenecsize{0700}
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\titleecsize{2074}
-
-% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\chapbf\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\def\chapecsize{1440}
-
-% Section fonts (12pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-\def\sececsize{1200}
-
-% Subsection fonts (10pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi10
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
-\def\ssececsize{1000}
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi9
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
-\def\reducedecsize{0900}
-
-\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs
-\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM
-\textfonts % reset the current fonts
-\rm
-} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
-
-
-% We provide the user-level command
-% @fonttextsize 10
-% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
-%
-\def\xiword{11}
-\def\xword{10}
-\def\xwordpt{10pt}
-%
-\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
- \def\textsizearg{#1}%
- %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
- %
- % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
- % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
- %
- \begingroup \globaldefs=1
- \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
- \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
- \else
- \errhelp=\EMsimple
- \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
- \fi\fi
- \endgroup
-}
-
-%
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
- \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
- \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font
-}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}\def\ttstylename{tt}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.
-% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont
- \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont
- \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont
- %
- % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless
- % of the current font size.
- \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy
- \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl
- \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt
- \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf
-}
-
-%
-
-% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings
-% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs
-% to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm)
-% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font.
-%
-% The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics
-% in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only.
-%
-% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used
-% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
-%
-% This all needs generalizing, badly.
-%
-
-\def\assignfonts#1{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname
-}
-
-\newif\ifrmisbold
-
-% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size
-% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for
-% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size.
-\def\switchtolllsize{%
- \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}%
- \ifrmisbold
- \let\rmfont\bffont
- \fi
- \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
-}%
-
-\def\switchtolsize{%
- \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}%
- \ifrmisbold
- \let\rmfont\bffont
- \fi
- \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
-}%
-
-\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{%
-\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{%
- \def\curfontsize{#1}%
- \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}%
- \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname
- \assignfonts{#1}%
- \resetmathfonts
- \setleading{#4}%
-}}
-
-\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false}
-\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true}
-\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true}
-\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true}
-\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true}
-\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
-\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
-\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false}
-
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
-\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts
-
-% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
-
-% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
-\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
-
-% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
-% can fit this many characters:
-% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
-% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
-% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
-% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
-% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
-%
-% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
-% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
-% --karl, 24jan03.
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\definetextfontsizexi
-
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-{
-\catcode`\'=\active
-\catcode`\`=\active
-
-\gdef\setcodequotes{\let`\codequoteleft \let'\codequoteright}
-\gdef\setregularquotes{\let`\lq \let'\rq}
-}
-
-% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe
-% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d).
-% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it
-% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the
-% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
-%
-\def\codequoteright{%
- \ifmonospace
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
- '%
- \else \char'15 \fi
- \else \char'15 \fi
- \else
- '%
- \fi
-}
-%
-% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
-% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
-% the code environments to do likewise.
-%
-\def\codequoteleft{%
- \ifmonospace
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
- % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
- % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
- \relax`%
- \else \char'22 \fi
- \else \char'22 \fi
- \else
- \relax`%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Commands to set the quote options.
-%
-\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
- = t%
- \else\ifx\temp\offword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
- = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-%
-\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
- = t%
- \else\ifx\temp\offword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
- = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
-\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Font commands.
-
-% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
-% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
-% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
-\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
- \ifusingtt
- {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
- {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}%
- \next
-}
-\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
-\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
-
-% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following
-% character) is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitaliccorrection{%
- \ifx\next,%
- \else\ifx\next-%
- \else\ifx\next.%
- \else\ifx\next\.%
- \else\ifx\next\comma%
- \else\ptexslash
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \aftersmartic
-}
-
-% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}}
-
-% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
-% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}
-
-\def\aftersmartic{}
-\def\var#1{%
- \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
- \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
- \smartslanted{#1}%
-}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\slanted=\smartslanted
-\let\dfn=\smartslanted
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
-
-% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong.
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% @sansserif, explicit sans.
-\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
-% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
-%
-\catcode`@=11
- \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
- \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
- \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
- \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
- }
- \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
- \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
- \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
- \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
- }
-\catcode`@=\other
-\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
-
-% @t, explicit typewriter.
-\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
- \null
-}
-
-% @samp.
-\def\samp#1{{\setcodequotes\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
-
-% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes.
-\let\indicateurl=\samp
-
-% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same
-% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc.
-% This is a subroutine for that.
-\def\tclose#1{%
- {%
- % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
- \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
- %
- % Switch to typewriter.
- \tt
- %
- % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
- \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
- %
- % Turn off hyphenation.
- \nohyphenation
- %
- \plainfrenchspacing
- #1%
- }%
- \null % reset spacefactor to 1000
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
-% (But see \codedashfinish below.)
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-%
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms.
-{
- \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
- \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
- \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions
- %
- \global\def\code{\begingroup
- \setcodequotes
- \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active
- \ifallowcodebreaks
- \let-\codedash
- \let_\codeunder
- \else
- \let-\normaldash
- \let_\realunder
- \fi
- % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break
- % after the hyphen.
- \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash
- %
- \codex
- }
- %
- \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish}
- \gdef\codedashfinish{%
- \normaldash % always output the dash character itself.
- %
- % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless
- % (a) the next character is a -, or
- % (b) the preceding character is a -.
- % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -.
- % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b.
- \ifx\next\codedash \else
- \ifx\codedashprev\codedash
- \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi
- \fi
- % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a
- % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}.
- \global\let\codedashprev= \next
- }
-}
-\def\normaldash{-}
-%
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-\def\codeunder{%
- % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
- % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
- % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
- % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
- \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
- \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
- \else\normalunderscore \fi
- \discretionary{}{}{}}%
- {\_}%
-}
-
-% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
-% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad.
-% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at -
-% and _ on and off.
-%
-\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
-
-\def\keywordtrue{true}
-\def\keywordfalse{false}
-
-\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
- \def\txiarg{#1}%
- \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
- \allowcodebreakstrue
- \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
- \allowcodebreaksfalse
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary,
-% so use \code rather than \samp.
-\let\command=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\file=\code
-\let\option=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
-% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
-% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
-% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-
-% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
-% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
-\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
-
-% The default \pretolerance setting stops the penalty inserted in
-% \urefallowbreak being a discouragement to line breaking. Set it to
-% a negative value for this paragraph only. Hopefully this does not
-% conflict with redefinitions of \par done elsewhere.
-\def\nopretolerance{%
-\pretolerance=-1
-\def\par{\endgraf\pretolerance=100 \let\par\endgraf}%
-}
-
-% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
-% places within the url.
-\def\urefbreak{\nopretolerance \begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
-\let\uref=\urefbreak
-%
-\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
-\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \ifpdf
- % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
- \ifurefurlonlylink
- % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
- \unhbox0
- \else
- % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
- % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
- \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
- \else
- % For XeTeX
- \ifurefurlonlylink
- % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
- \unhbox0
- \else
- % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
- % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
- \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
-\def\urefcatcodes{%
- \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
- \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
- \catcode`\/=\active
-}
-{
- \urefcatcodes
- %
- \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
- \setcodequotes
- \urefcatcodes
- \let&\urefcodeamp
- \let.\urefcodedot
- \let#\urefcodehash
- \let?\urefcodequest
- \let/\urefcodeslash
- \codex
- }
- %
- % By default, they are just regular characters.
- \global\def&{\normalamp}
- \global\def.{\normaldot}
- \global\def#{\normalhash}
- \global\def?{\normalquest}
- \global\def/{\normalslash}
-}
-
-\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak}
-\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak}
-\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak}
-\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak}
-\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
-{
- \catcode`\/=\active
- \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
- \urefprebreak \slashChar
- % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
- % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
- \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi
- }
-}
-
-% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to
-% break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at
-% all, for manual control.
-%
-\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
- \def\txiarg{#1}%
- \ifx\txiarg\wordnone
- \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
- \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
- \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak}
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\wordafter{after}
-\def\wordbefore{before}
-\def\wordnone{none}
-
-% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can
-% be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in
-% the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty with extra glue added
-% at the end of the line, or no break at all here.
-% Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how
-% preferable one choice is over the other.
-\def\urefallowbreak{%
- \penalty0\relax
- \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax
- \penalty1000\relax
- \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax
-}
-
-\urefbreakstyle after
-
-% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
-%
-\let\url=\uref
-
-% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
-%
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdforxetex
- \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
- \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
- \endlink
- \endgroup}
-\else
- \let\email=\uref
-\fi
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
- \def\txiarg{#1}%
- \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct'.
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}}
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{%
- \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
- \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
- \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi
- \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi
-}
-
-% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size.
-%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-%\font\keysy=cmsy9
-%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
-% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
-% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
-% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
-% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
-% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-
-% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already
-% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But
-% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt.
-%
-\def\key#1{{\setregularquotes
- \nohyphenation
- \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi
- #1}\null}
-
-% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
-\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
-
-% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
-\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
-\def\click{\arrow}
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
-% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
-% all-uppercase.
-%
-\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
-\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\switchtolsize #1}%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
- \fi
- \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
-}
-
-% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
-% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
-%
-\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
-\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
- \fi
- \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
-}
-
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
- \catcode`\_ = \active
- \gdef\mathunderscore{%
- \catcode`\_=\active
- \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
- }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
-% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
- \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
- \tex
- \mathunderscore
- \let\\ = \mathbackslash
- \mathactive
- % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
- \let\"=\ddot
- \let\'=\acute
- \let\==\bar
- \let\^=\hat
- \let\`=\grave
- \let\u=\breve
- \let\v=\check
- \let\~=\tilde
- \let\dotaccent=\dot
- % have to provide another name for sup operator
- \let\mathopsup=\sup
- $\expandafter\finishmath\fi
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
- \catcode`^ = \active
- \catcode`< = \active
- \catcode`> = \active
- \catcode`+ = \active
- \catcode`' = \active
- \gdef\mathactive{%
- \let^ = \ptexhat
- \let< = \ptexless
- \let> = \ptexgtr
- \let+ = \ptexplus
- \let' = \ptexquoteright
- }
-}
-
-% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
-% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
-% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the
-% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
-% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
-%
-\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
-\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
-%
-\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
-\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
-
-% provide this command from LaTeX as it is very common
-\def\frac#1#2{{{#1}\over{#2}}}
-
-% @displaymath.
-% \globaldefs is needed to recognize the end lines in \tex and
-% \end tex. Set \thisenv as @end displaymath is seen before @end tex.
-{\obeylines
-\globaldefs=1
-\envdef\displaymath{%
-\tex%
-\def\thisenv{\displaymath}%
-\begingroup\let\end\displaymathend%
-$$%
-}
-
-\def\displaymathend{$$\endgroup\end}%
-
-\def\Edisplaymath{%
-\def\thisenv{\tex}%
-\end tex
-}}
-
-
-% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
-% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
-% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
-%
-\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
-%
-\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
- \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
- \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
-}
-%
-% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if
-% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT.
-\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{%
- \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
- \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi
-}
-%
-% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
-% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for
-% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
-% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal
-% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
-% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the
-% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
-%
-\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
-\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
-\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
- \def\inlinerawname{#1}%
- \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
- \endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
-}
-
-% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set.
-%
-\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{%
- \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax
- \else\ignorespaces#2\fi
-}
-
-% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set.
-%
-\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{%
- \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi
-}
-
-
-\message{glyphs,}
-% and logos.
-
-% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
-\def\@{\char64 }
-\let\atchar=\@
-
-% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
-\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}}
-\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}}
-\let\{=\lbracechar
-\let\}=\rbracechar
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \ptexc
-\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \ptext
-\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
- \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
- L\kern-.36em
- {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
- \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
- \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
- % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
- % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
- \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
- \else
- % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
- \switchtolllsize A%
- \fi
- }%
- \vss
- }}%
- \kern-.15em
- \TeX
-}
-
-% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
-% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
-% but safer, and can't hurt.
-\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
-\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
-%
-\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
-\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
-\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
-\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
-% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
-% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
-% whichever is larger.
-%
-\def\dots{%
- \leavevmode
- \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
- \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
- \dimen0 = \wd0
- \else
- \dimen0 = 1.5em
- \fi
- \hbox to \dimen0{%
- \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
- .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
- .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
- .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
- }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
- \dots
- \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
-}
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
-{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
- \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
- \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
- \vbox{%
- \hrule height\dimen2
- \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
- \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
- \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
- \hrule height\dimen2}
- \hfil}
-%
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
-%
-\def\pounds{\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"BF}\else{\it\$}\fi}
-
-% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
-% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
-% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
-% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
-% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
-%
-% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
-% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
-% font height.
-%
-% feymr - regular
-% feymo - slanted
-% feybr - bold
-% feybo - bold slanted
-%
-% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
-% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
-% Hmm.
-%
-% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
-% Hope not.
-%
-%
-\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
-\def\eurofont{%
- % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
- % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
- % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
- % font installed.
- %
- % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
- % that to the current nominal size.
- %
- % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
- % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
- %
- \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
- %
- \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
- % bold:
- \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
- \else
- % regular:
- \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
- \fi
- \thiseurofont
-}
-
-% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because
-% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
-% the redefinition.
-%
-% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
-\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
-\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
-\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
-\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
-%
-\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
-\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
-\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
-\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
-\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
-\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
-\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
-\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
-%
-% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
-% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the
-% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
-% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
-%
-% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
-% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
-% the same EC font.
-\def\ogonek#1{{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
- \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
- \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
- \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
- \else
- \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
- \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
- \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi
- }%
-}
-\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
-\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
-\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
-\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
-%
-% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
-% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
-% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec
-% package and follow the same conventions.
-%
-\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
-\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
-%
-\def\etcfont#1{%
- % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
- % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
- % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
- % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
- \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
- \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
- \ifmonospace
- % typewriter:
- \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
- \else
- \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
- % bold:
- \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
- \else
- % regular:
- \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
- \fi
- \fi
- \thisecfont
-}
-
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
-% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
-% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
-%
-\def\registeredsymbol{%
- $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}%
- \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
- }$%
-}
-
-% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
-%
-\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
-
-% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
-% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
-% so we'll define it if necessary.
-%
-\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
-\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
-\fi
-
-% Quotes.
-\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
-\chardef\quoteright=`\'
-
-% only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using
-% \ecfont unless necessary.
-\def\quotedblleft{%
- \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"10}\else{\char"5C}\fi
-}
-
-\def\quotedblright{%
- \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"11}\else{\char`\"}\fi
-}
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
-% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
-\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
- \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
- command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
- after the title page.}}%
-\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
- \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
- command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you
- want the contents after the title page.}}%
-
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
- \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
- \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\envdef\titlepage{%
- % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
- \begingroup
- \parindent=0pt \textfonts
- % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
- \vglue\titlepagetopglue
- % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
- %
- % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
- % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
- \let\oldpage = \page
- \def\page{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- \let\page = \oldpage
- \page
- \null
- }%
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
- % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
- % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
- % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
- \oldpage
- \endgroup
- %
- % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
- % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
- \HEADINGSon
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
- \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
-% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used
-% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should
-% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
-%
-\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty=10000
- \parindent=0pt
- \tolerance=5000
- \ptexraggedright
-}
-
-% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-
-\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont
-\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
-
-\parseargdef\title{%
- \checkenv\titlepage
- \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
- % print a rule at the page bottom also.
- \finishedtitlepagefalse
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\subtitle{%
- \checkenv\titlepage
- {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
-}
-
-% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-% It can also be used inside @quotation.
-%
-\parseargdef\author{%
- \def\temp{\quotation}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
- \else
- \checkenv\titlepage
- \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
- {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
-\newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter
-\newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter
-\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
-
-% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm
- \ifchapterpage
- \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi
- \else
- \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi
- \fi}}
-
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
- \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what @headings on does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
- \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
- \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline}
-
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
- \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
- \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline}
-
-\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
- \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
- %
- % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
- % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
- \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
-
-% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
-% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
-%
-% The same set of arguments for:
-%
-% @oddheadingmarks
-% @evenfootingmarks
-% @oddfootingmarks
-% @everyheadingmarks
-% @everyfootingmarks
-
-% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
-% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
-% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
-%
-\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
-\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
-\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
-\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
-\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
- \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
-\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
- \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
-% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
-\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
- \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
-}
-
-\everyheadingmarks bottom
-\everyfootingmarks bottom
-
-% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off turns them off.
-% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
- \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}%
- \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}%
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
-\HEADINGSoff % it's the default
-
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-\def\pageone{
- \global\pageno=1
- \global\arabiccount = \pagecount
-}
-
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
-\pageone
-\HEADINGSdoublex
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
-\pageone
-\HEADINGSsinglex
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil}}
-\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% for @setchapternewpage off
-\def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{%
-\pageone
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline
-\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
-% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
-% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\thisisundefined
-\def\today{%
- \number\day\space
- \ifcase\month
- \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
- \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
- \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
- \fi
- \space\number\year}
-\fi
-
-% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
-% It generates no output of its own.
-\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
- \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
- \itemindex{#1}%
- \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
- %
- % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
- % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
- % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
- % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
- % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
- \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
- %
- % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
- % but leave it ragged-right.
- \begingroup
- \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
- \advance\hsize by\tableindent
- \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
- \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
- \endgroup
- %
- % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
- % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
- \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
- % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
- % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
- % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
- % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
- % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
- %
- \penalty 10001
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
- \else
- % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
- \noindent
- % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
- % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
- % eventually be printed.
- \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
- \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \unhbox0
- \nobreak\kern\dimen0
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
- \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
-
-% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\envdef\table{%
- \let\itemindex\gobble
- \tablecheck{table}%
-}
-\envdef\ftable{%
- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablecheck{ftable}%
-}
-\envdef\vtable{%
- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablecheck{vtable}%
-}
-\def\tablecheck#1{%
- \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
- \endgroup
- \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
- that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
- \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
- \else
- \let\next\tablex
- \fi
- \next
-}
-\def\tablex#1{%
- \def\itemindicate{#1}%
- \parsearg\tabley
-}
-\def\tabley#1{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
- \expandafter
- }\temp \endtablez
-}
-\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
- \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
- \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
- \itemmax=\tableindent
- \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
- \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
- \exdentamount=\tableindent
- \parindent = 0pt
- \parskip = \smallskipamount
- \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- \let\item = \internalBitem
- \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
-}
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
-\let\Eftable\Etable
-\let\Evtable\Etable
-\let\Eitemize\Etable
-\let\Eenumerate\Etable
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-
-\def\doitemize#1{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \itemmax=\itemindent
- \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
- \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
- \exdentamount=\itemindent
- \parindent=0pt
- \parskip=\smallskipamount
- \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- %
- % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
- % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
- % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the
- % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if
- % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
- \def\itemcontents{#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
- %
- % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
- \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
- %
- \let\item=\itemizeitem
-}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
-%
-\def\itemizeitem{%
- \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
- {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
- {%
- % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
- % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
- % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
- % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
- % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
- % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
- % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
- % that's the theory.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
- %
- \ifinner\else
- \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
- \fi
- % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
- % @itemize looks awful there.
- }%
- \flushcr
-}
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
- % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
- \def\thearg{#1}%
- \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
- %
- % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
- % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
- % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
- % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
- % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
- \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
- \ifx\rest\empty
- % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
- % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
- % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
- % not equal to itself.
- % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
- %
- % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
- % continuing to look for a <number>.
- %
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
- \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
- \else
- % It's a letter.
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
- \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
- \else
- \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
- \numericenumerate
- \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
- \itemno = \thearg
- \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}%
- \fi
- \char\lccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}
- \fi
- \char\uccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
- \advance\itemno by -1
- \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
-}
-
-
-% @multitable macros
-
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
-% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
-%
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
- \setuptable
-}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{%
- \def\firstarg{#1}%
- \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
- \let\go = \relax
- \else
- \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
- \global\setpercenttrue
- \else
- \ifsetpercent
- \let\go\pickupwholefraction
- \else
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
- % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
- % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
- % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
- \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
- \else
- \let\go = \setuptable
- \fi%
- \fi
- \go
-}
-
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments
-% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
-% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
-% undo it ourselves.
-\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
-\def\headitem{%
- \checkenv\multitable
- \crcr
- \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
- \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
- \the\everytab % for the first item
-}%
-%
-% default for tables with no headings.
-\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
-%
-\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
-
-\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
-%
-\envdef\multitable{%
- \vskip\parskip
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
- % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
- % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
- % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
- \def\item{\crcr}%
- %
- \tolerance=9500
- \hbadness=9500
- \parskip=0pt
- \parindent=6pt
- \overfullrule=0pt
- \global\colcount=0
- %
- \everycr = {%
- \noalign{%
- \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
- \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
- %
- % Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
- \checkinserts
- %
- % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
- \headitemcrhook
- \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
- }%
- }%
- %
- \parsearg\domultitable
-}
-\def\domultitable#1{%
- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
- \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
- %
- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
- \halign\bgroup &%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \strut
- \vtop{%
- \advance\hsize by -1\leftskip
- % Find the correct column width
- \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- %
- \rightskip=0pt
- \ifnum\colcount=1
- \advance\hsize by\leftskip % Add indent of surrounding text
- \else
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other.
- \leftskip=12pt
- \ifsetpercent \else
- % If a template has been used
- \advance\hsize by \leftskip
- \fi
- \fi
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\strut
- }\cr
-}
-\def\Emultitable{%
- \crcr
- \egroup % end the \halign
- \global\setpercentfalse
-}
-
-
-\message{conditionals,}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
-% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
-% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
-% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
-% attempt to close an environment group.
-%
-\def\makecond#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
- \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
-}
-\makecond{iftex}
-\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
-\makecond{ifnothtml}
-\makecond{ifnotinfo}
-\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
-\makecond{ifnotxml}
-
-% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
-%
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
-\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
-\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
-%
-% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
-\newcount\doignorecount
-
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
- % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
- \obeylines
- \catcode`\@ = \other
- \catcode`\{ = \other
- \catcode`\} = \other
- %
- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \spaceisspace
- %
- % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
- \doignorecount = 0
- %
- % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
- \dodoignore{#1}%
-}
-
-{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
- \obeylines %
- %
- \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
- % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
- %
- % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
- \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
- \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
- %
- % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
- % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
- % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
- \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
- %
- % And now expand that command.
- \doignoretext ^^M%
- }%
-}
-
-\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
- \let\next\doignoretextzzz
- \else % Found a nested condition, ...
- \advance\doignorecount by 1
- \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
- % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
- \fi
- \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
-}
-
-% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
-%
-\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
- \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
- \let\next\enddoignore
- \else % Still inside a nested condition.
- \advance\doignorecount by -1
- \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-% Finish off ignored text.
-{ \obeylines%
- % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
- % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
- % would result in a blank line in the output.
- \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
-}
-
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
-% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
-%
-\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- \next{}%
- \else
- \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
- \fi
- }%
-}
-% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\parseargdef\clear{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
- }%
-}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-{
- \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
- %
- \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
- \let\value = \expandablevalue
- % We don't want these characters active, ...
- \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
- % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
- % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
- % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
- \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore
- }
-}
-
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- {[No value for ``#1'']}%
- \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
-% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when
-% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
-% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it
-% will be set by the time it is read back in.
-%
-% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
-\def\dummyvalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \string\value{#1}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
-% if possible, otherwise sort late.
-\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- ZZZZZZZ%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call
-% \makecond and then redefine.
-%
-\makecond{ifset}
-\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
-\def\doifset#1#2{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \let\next=\empty
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
- #1% If not set, redefine \next.
- \fi
- \expandafter
- }\next
-}
-\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
-% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
-% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
-%
-\makecond{ifclear}
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-
-% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written
-% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the
-% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
-% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
-%
-\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
-\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
-%
-\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \let\next=\empty
- \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax
- #1% If not defined, \let\next as above.
- \fi
- \expandafter
- }\next
-}
-\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}}
-
-% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above.
-\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined}
-\def\ifcommandnotdefined{%
- \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}}
-\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}}
-
-% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to
-% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available.
-\set txicommandconditionals
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory=\comment
-
-% @defininfoenclose.
-\let\definfoenclose=\comment
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
-\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX.
-% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
-% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
-% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-%
-\def\newindex#1{%
- \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
- \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
-%
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-%
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-%
-\def\newcodeindex#1{%
- \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
-}
-
-% The default indices:
-\newindex{cp}% concepts,
-\newcodeindex{fn}% functions,
-\newcodeindex{vr}% variables,
-\newcodeindex{tp}% types,
-\newcodeindex{ky}% keys
-\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs.
-
-
-% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-%
-% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-%
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
-
-% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
-% #3 the target index (bar).
-\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
- \requireopenindexfile{#3}%
- % redefine \fooindfile:
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
- % redefine \fooindex:
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
-\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
-\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-\f
-% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo
-% commands.
-%
-\def\atdummies{%
- \definedummyletter\@%
- \definedummyletter\ %
- \definedummyletter\{%
- \definedummyletter\}%
- \definedummyletter\&%
- %
- % Do the redefinitions.
- \definedummies
- \otherbackslash
-}
-
-% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
-% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
-% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
-% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
-% from whatever follows.
-%
-% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
-% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
-% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
-%
-% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
-% space.
-%
-\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
-\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
-\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
-
-% Called from \atdummies to prevent the expansion of commands.
-%
-\def\definedummies{%
- %
- \let\commondummyword\definedummyword
- \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter
- \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent
- \commondummiesnofonts
- %
- \definedummyletter\_%
- \definedummyletter\-%
- %
- % Non-English letters.
- \definedummyword\AA
- \definedummyword\AE
- \definedummyword\DH
- \definedummyword\L
- \definedummyword\O
- \definedummyword\OE
- \definedummyword\TH
- \definedummyword\aa
- \definedummyword\ae
- \definedummyword\dh
- \definedummyword\exclamdown
- \definedummyword\l
- \definedummyword\o
- \definedummyword\oe
- \definedummyword\ordf
- \definedummyword\ordm
- \definedummyword\questiondown
- \definedummyword\ss
- \definedummyword\th
- %
- % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
- \definedummyword\bf
- \definedummyword\gtr
- \definedummyword\hat
- \definedummyword\less
- \definedummyword\sf
- \definedummyword\sl
- \definedummyword\tclose
- \definedummyword\tt
- %
- \definedummyword\LaTeX
- \definedummyword\TeX
- %
- % Assorted special characters.
- \definedummyword\ampchar
- \definedummyword\atchar
- \definedummyword\arrow
- \definedummyword\backslashchar
- \definedummyword\bullet
- \definedummyword\comma
- \definedummyword\copyright
- \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
- \definedummyword\dots
- \definedummyword\enddots
- \definedummyword\entrybreak
- \definedummyword\equiv
- \definedummyword\error
- \definedummyword\euro
- \definedummyword\expansion
- \definedummyword\geq
- \definedummyword\guillemetleft
- \definedummyword\guillemetright
- \definedummyword\guilsinglleft
- \definedummyword\guilsinglright
- \definedummyword\lbracechar
- \definedummyword\leq
- \definedummyword\mathopsup
- \definedummyword\minus
- \definedummyword\ogonek
- \definedummyword\pounds
- \definedummyword\point
- \definedummyword\print
- \definedummyword\quotedblbase
- \definedummyword\quotedblleft
- \definedummyword\quotedblright
- \definedummyword\quoteleft
- \definedummyword\quoteright
- \definedummyword\quotesinglbase
- \definedummyword\rbracechar
- \definedummyword\result
- \definedummyword\sub
- \definedummyword\sup
- \definedummyword\textdegree
- %
- \definedummyword\subentry
- %
- % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
- \macrolist
- \let\value\dummyvalue
- %
- \normalturnoffactive
-}
-
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts.
-% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before
-% using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters.
-%
-\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
- % Control letters and accents.
- \commondummyletter\!%
- \commondummyaccent\"%
- \commondummyaccent\'%
- \commondummyletter\*%
- \commondummyaccent\,%
- \commondummyletter\.%
- \commondummyletter\/%
- \commondummyletter\:%
- \commondummyaccent\=%
- \commondummyletter\?%
- \commondummyaccent\^%
- \commondummyaccent\`%
- \commondummyaccent\~%
- \commondummyword\u
- \commondummyword\v
- \commondummyword\H
- \commondummyword\dotaccent
- \commondummyword\ogonek
- \commondummyword\ringaccent
- \commondummyword\tieaccent
- \commondummyword\ubaraccent
- \commondummyword\udotaccent
- \commondummyword\dotless
- %
- % Texinfo font commands.
- \commondummyword\b
- \commondummyword\i
- \commondummyword\r
- \commondummyword\sansserif
- \commondummyword\sc
- \commondummyword\slanted
- \commondummyword\t
- %
- % Commands that take arguments.
- \commondummyword\abbr
- \commondummyword\acronym
- \commondummyword\anchor
- \commondummyword\cite
- \commondummyword\code
- \commondummyword\command
- \commondummyword\dfn
- \commondummyword\dmn
- \commondummyword\email
- \commondummyword\emph
- \commondummyword\env
- \commondummyword\file
- \commondummyword\image
- \commondummyword\indicateurl
- \commondummyword\inforef
- \commondummyword\kbd
- \commondummyword\key
- \commondummyword\math
- \commondummyword\option
- \commondummyword\pxref
- \commondummyword\ref
- \commondummyword\samp
- \commondummyword\strong
- \commondummyword\tie
- \commondummyword\U
- \commondummyword\uref
- \commondummyword\url
- \commondummyword\var
- \commondummyword\verb
- \commondummyword\w
- \commondummyword\xref
-}
-
-\let\indexlbrace\relax
-\let\indexrbrace\relax
-\let\indexatchar\relax
-\let\indexbackslash\relax
-
-{\catcode`\@=0
-\catcode`\\=13
- @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
-}
-
-{
-\catcode`\<=13
-\catcode`\-=13
-\catcode`\`=13
- \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else
- % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
- % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
- \let`=\empty
- \fi
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else
- \backslashdisappear
- \fi
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else
- \def-{}%
- \fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else
- \def<{}%
- \fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else
- \def\@{}%
- \fi
- }
-
- \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
- \let-\normaldash
- \let<\normalless
- }
-}
-
-
-% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
-% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
-% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
-% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
-%
-\def\indexnofonts{%
- % Accent commands should become @asis.
- \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
- % We can just ignore other control letters.
- \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
- % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
- \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent
- \commondummiesnofonts
- %
- % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
- % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
- % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
- %\let\tt=\asis
- %
- \def\ { }%
- \def\@{@}%
- \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
- \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
- %
- \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
- \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
- \let\lbracechar\{%
- \let\rbracechar\}%
- %
- % Non-English letters.
- \def\AA{AA}%
- \def\AE{AE}%
- \def\DH{DZZ}%
- \def\L{L}%
- \def\OE{OE}%
- \def\O{O}%
- \def\TH{TH}%
- \def\aa{aa}%
- \def\ae{ae}%
- \def\dh{dzz}%
- \def\exclamdown{!}%
- \def\l{l}%
- \def\oe{oe}%
- \def\ordf{a}%
- \def\ordm{o}%
- \def\o{o}%
- \def\questiondown{?}%
- \def\ss{ss}%
- \def\th{th}%
- %
- \let\do\indexnofontsdef
- %
- \do\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
- \do\TeX{TeX}%
- %
- % Assorted special characters.
- \do\atchar{@}%
- \do\arrow{->}%
- \do\bullet{bullet}%
- \do\comma{,}%
- \do\copyright{copyright}%
- \do\dots{...}%
- \do\enddots{...}%
- \do\equiv{==}%
- \do\error{error}%
- \do\euro{euro}%
- \do\expansion{==>}%
- \do\geq{>=}%
- \do\guillemetleft{<<}%
- \do\guillemetright{>>}%
- \do\guilsinglleft{<}%
- \do\guilsinglright{>}%
- \do\leq{<=}%
- \do\lbracechar{\{}%
- \do\minus{-}%
- \do\point{.}%
- \do\pounds{pounds}%
- \do\print{-|}%
- \do\quotedblbase{"}%
- \do\quotedblleft{"}%
- \do\quotedblright{"}%
- \do\quoteleft{`}%
- \do\quoteright{'}%
- \do\quotesinglbase{,}%
- \do\rbracechar{\}}%
- \do\registeredsymbol{R}%
- \do\result{=>}%
- \do\textdegree{o}%
- %
- % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
- % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
- % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
- % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
- % that starts with \.
- %
- % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
- % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
- % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
- %
- \macrolist
- \let\value\indexnofontsvalue
-}
-
-% Give the control sequence a definition that removes the {} that follows
-% its use, e.g. @AA{} -> AA
-\def\indexnofontsdef#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}}%
-
-\f
-
-
-% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{%
- \iflinks
- {%
- %
- \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
- \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
- %
- \def\indextext{#2}%
- \safewhatsit\doindwrite
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Same as \doind, but for code indices
-\def\docind#1#2{%
- \iflinks
- {%
- %
- \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
- \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
- %
- \def\indextext{#2}%
- \safewhatsit\docindwrite
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
-\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
-\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \edef\suffix{#1}%
- % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
- % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
- \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
- % Open the file
- \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
- % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current
- % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
- % preceding skips.
- \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
-\fi}
-\def\indexisfl{fl}
-
-% Definition for writing index entry sort key.
-{
-\catcode`\-=13
-\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
- \begingroup
- \indexnonalnumreappear
- \indexwritesortasxxx}
-\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
- \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
-}
-
-\def\indexwriteseealso#1{
- \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}%
-}
-\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{
- \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}%
-}
-
-% The default definitions
-\def\sortas#1{}%
-\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
-\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also}
-\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
-
-
-% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}":
-% * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}"
-% * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ"
-% * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext
-%
-\def\splitindexentry#1{%
- \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}%
- \xdef\bracedtext{}%
- \def\sep{}%
- \def\seealso##1{}%
- \def\seeentry##1{}%
- \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry
-}
-
-% append the results from the next segment
-\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{%
- \def\segment{#1}%
- \ifx\segment\isfinish
- \else
- %
- % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and
- % trim spaces.
- \edef\trimmed{\segment}%
- \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
- \ifincodeindex
- \edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}%
- \fi
- %
- \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}%
- %
- % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all
- % font commands turned off.
- \bgroup
- \let\sortas\indexwritesortas
- \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso
- \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry
- \indexnofonts
- % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex.
- \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}%
- \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}%
- \let\{=\lbracechar
- \let\}=\rbracechar
- \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}%
- \def\atchar##1{\@}%
- \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}%
- \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}%
- %
- \let\indexsortkey\empty
- \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty
- % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes
- % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment.
- \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}%
- \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{%
- \indexnonalnumdisappear
- \xdef\trimmed{\segment}%
- \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
- \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}%
- \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi
- }\fi
- %
- % Append to \fullindexsortkey.
- \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{%
- \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}%
- \tmp
- \egroup
- \def\sep{\subentry}%
- %
- \expandafter\doindexsegment
- \fi
-}
-\def\isfinish{\finish}%
-\newbox\dummybox % used above
-
-\let\subentry\relax
-
-% Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex.
-% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux
-% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses
-% the current value of \escapechar.
-\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\}
-
-% Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape
-% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When
-% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then
-% the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy
-% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in
-% index files, never standing for themselves.
-%
-\set txiindexescapeisbackslash
-
-% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file.
-%
-
-\newif\ifincodeindex
-\def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex}
-\def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex}
-
-\def\doindwritex{%
- \maybemarginindex
- %
- \atdummies
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax\else
- \escapeisbackslash
- \fi
- %
- % For texindex which always views { and } as separators.
- \def\{{\lbracechar{}}%
- \def\}{\rbracechar{}}%
- \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}%
- %
- % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index
- % sort key.
- \splitindexentry\indextext
- %
- % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
- % the original text, including any font commands. We write
- % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
- % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
- % sorted result.
- %
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\writeto{%
- \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}%
- {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}%
- \bracedtext}%
- }%
- \temp
-}
-
-% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented).
-\def\maybemarginindex{%
- \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}%
- \fi
-}
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax
-
-
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
-%
-% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that
-% sequences like this:
-% @end defun
-% @tindex whatever
-% @defun ...
-% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-% the previous defun.
-%
-% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
-% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-%
-% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-%
-% But wait, there is a catch there:
-% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
-% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
-% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
-% representation of the skip.
-%
-% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
-% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
-%
-\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
-%
-\newskip\whatsitskip
-\newcount\whatsitpenalty
-%
-% ..., ready, GO:
-%
-\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode
- #1%
- \else
- % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
- \whatsitskip = \lastskip
- \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
- \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
- %
- % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
- % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
- % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
- % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
- % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- \else
- \vskip-\whatsitskip
- \fi
- %
- #1%
- %
- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
- % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
- % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
- % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
- % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
- % @deffn deffn-whatever
- % @vindex index-whatever
- % Description.
- % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
- % and the "Description." paragraph.
- \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
- \else
- % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
- % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
- % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
- \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
- \fi
-\fi}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-% \initial {c}
-% before the first topic whose initial is c
-% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-% for a topic that is used without subtopics
-% \primary {topic}
-% \entry {topic}{}
-% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-% for each subtopic.
-% \secondary {subtopic}{}
-% for a subtopic with sub-subtopics
-% \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist}
-% for each sub-subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
-% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
-%
-\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
- \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
- %
- \smallfonts \rm
- \tolerance = 9500
- \plainfrenchspacing
- \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
- %
- % See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
- \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
- %
- % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
- \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
- \ifeof 1
- % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
- % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
- % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
- % there is some text.
- \putwordIndexNonexistent
- \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
- \else
- % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
- % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
- % it can discover if there is anything in it.
- \read 1 to \thisline
- \ifeof 1
- \putwordIndexIsEmpty
- \else
- \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish%
- \fi
- \fi
- \closein 1
-\endgroup}
-
-% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index
-% file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have
-% old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would
-% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error.
-\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax
- \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiskipindexfileswithbackslash\endcsname\relax
-\errmessage{%
-ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped.
-To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi'
-or 'texi2pdf' to that at <https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo>.
-If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo
-distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0).
-You may be able to typeset the index if you run
-'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself.
-You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by
-running a command like
-'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do
-this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format.
-If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again
-might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')%
-}%
- \else
- (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format)
- \fi
- \else
- \begindoublecolumns
- \input \jobname.\indexname s
- \enddoublecolumns
- \fi
- \else
- \begindoublecolumns
- \catcode`\\=0\relax
- %
- % Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work. This
- % should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files.
- %\catcode`\@=12\relax
- \catcode`\@=0\relax
- \input \jobname.\indexname s
- \enddoublecolumns
- \fi
-}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
-\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
-\catcode`\$=3
-\gdef\initialglyphs{%
- % special control sequences used in the index sort key
- \let\indexlbrace\{%
- \let\indexrbrace\}%
- \let\indexatchar\@%
- \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
- %
- % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the
- % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
- % for these characters.
- \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}}
- %
- % In case @\ is used for backslash
- \uppercase{\let\\=~}
- % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
- \catcode`\/=13
- \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
- \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
- \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
- \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
- \def\_{%
- \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
- \def|{$\vert$}%
- \def<{$\less$}%
- \def>{$\gtr$}%
- \def+{$\normalplus$}%
-}}
-
-\def\initial{%
- \bgroup
- \initialglyphs
- \initialx
-}
-
-\def\initialx#1{%
- % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
- \removelastskip
- %
- % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
- % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
- % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
- \nobreak
- \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
- \penalty -300
- \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
- %
- % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
- % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
- % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
- % we need before each entry, but it's better.
- %
- % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
- \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
- \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
- % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
- % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
- % \leftline creates.
- % Do our best not to break after the initial.
- \nobreak
- \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
- \egroup % \initialglyphs
-}
-
-\newdimen\entryrightmargin
-\entryrightmargin=0pt
-
-% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
-% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
-% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-\def\entry{%
- \begingroup
- %
- % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
- % affect previous text.
- \par
- %
- % No extra space above this paragraph.
- \parskip = 0in
- %
- % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
- % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section
- % titles, for instance.
- \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
- \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
- %
- % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
- \afterassignment\doentry
- \let\temp =
-}
-\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
-\def\doentry{%
- % Save the text of the entry
- \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
- \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
- \noindent
- \aftergroup\finishentry
- % And now comes the text of the entry.
- % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
- % with catcodes occurring.
-}
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\finishentry#1{%
- \egroup % end box A
- \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
- \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
- \unhbox\boxA
- % #1 is the page number.
- %
- % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
- % leaders if they are present.
- \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
- \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
- \null\nobreak\hfill\ %
- \else
- %
- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
- %
- \ifpdforxetex
- \pdfgettoks#1.%
- \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
- \else
- \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
- \fi
- \fi
- \egroup % end \boxA
- \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
- \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par
- \nobreak
- \else\bgroup
- % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
- % page numbers to be aligned to the right.
- %
- \parindent = 0pt
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
- \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
- \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
- % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
- % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
- \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
- %
- \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
- % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
- % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to
- % fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
- \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
- \dimen@i=2.1em
- \else
- \dimen@i=0em
- \fi
- \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i
- %
- \dimen@ii = \hsize
- \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip
- \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin
- \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i
- \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
- \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text
- % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of
- % the first line.
- \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@
- \dimen@ii = \hsize
- \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii
- % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than
- % two lines), use all the space in the first line.
- \dimen@ = \dimen@ii
- \fi
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
- \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
- \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii
- % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only,
- % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX
- % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
- %
- % Indent all lines but the first one.
- \advance\leftskip by 1em
- \advance\parindent by -1em
- \fi\fi
- \indent % start paragraph
- \unhbox\boxA
- %
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % Word spacing - no stretch
- \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
- %
- \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks.
- \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation.
- %
- \par % format the paragraph
- \egroup % The \vbox
- \fi
- \endgroup
-}}
-
-\newskip\thinshrinkable
-\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
-
-% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
-% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
-% the page number to the right.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
-
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}}
-\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}}
-
-\def\indententry#1#2#3{%
- \bgroup
- \leftskip=#1
- \entry{#2}{#3}%
- \egroup
-}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11 % private names
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
- % If not much space left on page, start a new page.
- \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
- %
- % Grab any single-column material above us.
- \output = {%
- \savetopmark
- %
- \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
- % Unvbox the main output page.
- \unvbox\PAGE
- \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
- }%
- }%
- \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
- %
- % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
- \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
- %
- % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
- % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
- % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
- % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
- % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
- %
- % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
- % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
- % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
- % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
- % as it did when we hard-coded it.
- %
- % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
- % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
- % been clobbered.
- %
- \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
- \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
- \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- %
- % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
- % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
- % previous page.
- \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
- \vsize = 2\vsize
- %
- % For the benefit of balancing columns
- \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt
-}
-
-% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
-%
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
- %
- \savetopmark
- \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- \dimen@ = \vsize
- \divide\dimen@ by 2
- %
- % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
- \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@
- \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage
- \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called
- \unvbox\PAGE
- \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-%
-% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
-\def\pagesofar{%
- \unvbox\partialpage
- %
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
- \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
-}
-
-
-% Finished with double columns.
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
- % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
- % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
- % following situation:
- %
- % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
- % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
- % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last
- % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
- % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following
- % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
- % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
- % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
- % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
- % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
- % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as
- % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
- % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
- % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
- % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
- % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
- % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
- % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
- % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
- %
- % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
- % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
- \penalty0
- %
- \output = {%
- % Split the last of the double-column material.
- \savetopmark
- \balancecolumns
- }%
- \eject % call the \output just set
- \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt
- % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
- % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
- % definition right away.
- \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
- %
- \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
- % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
- % page break.
- \box\balancedcolumns
- %
- % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
- % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
- % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize.
- \global\vsize = \txipageheight %
- \pagegoal = \txipageheight %
- \else
- % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout
- % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again.
- \expandafter\enddoublecolumns
- \fi
-}
-\newbox\balancedcolumns
-\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
-%
-% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout
-% does the others.
-\def\balancecolumns{%
- \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
- \dimen@ = \ht0
- \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip
- % Don't split a short final column in two.
- \setbox2=\vbox{}%
- \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
- \else
- % double the leading vertical space
- \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
- \dimen@ii = \dimen@
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column.
- {%
- \vbadness = 10000
- \loop
- \global\setbox3 = \copy0
- \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
- \ifdim\ht1<\ht3
- \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
- \repeat
- }%
- % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3.
- %
- % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself.
- % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so
- % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize).
- \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize
- % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material.
- % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page.
- \setbox\PAGE=\box0
- \doublecolumnout
- \else
- % Compare the heights of the two columns.
- \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3
- % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
- % flush with each other.
- \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}%
- \else
- % Make column bottoms flush with each other.
- \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}%
- \fi
- \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
- \fi
- \fi
- %
-}
-\catcode`\@ = \other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Chapters, sections, etc.
-
-% Let's start with @part.
-\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
-\def\partzzz#1{%
- \chapoddpage
- \null
- \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit
- \begingroup
- \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text
- \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with
- \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
- \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page
- % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
- % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
- \let\pchapsepmacro\relax
- \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
- \chapoddpage
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered
-% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
-% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
-% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
-% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
-\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
-\newcount\chapno
-\newcount\secno \secno=0
-\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
-\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
-%
-% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
-% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
-% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-%
-\def\appendixletter{%
- \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
- % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
- % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
- % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
- % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
- \else\char\the\appendixno
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
-% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use
-% these. @section does likewise.
-\def\thischapter{}
-\def\thischapternum{}
-\def\thischaptername{}
-\def\thissection{}
-\def\thissectionnum{}
-\def\thissectionname{}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-
-% we only have subsub.
-\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
-%
-% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
-% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
-\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
-%
-% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
-% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
-\def\chapheadtype{N}
-
-% Choose a heading macro
-% #1 is heading type
-% #2 is heading level
-% #3 is text for heading
-\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
- % Compute the abs. sec. level:
- \absseclevel=#2
- \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
- % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
- \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
- \absseclevel = 0
- \else
- \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
- \absseclevel = 3
- \fi
- \fi
- % The heading type:
- \def\headtype{#1}%
- \if \headtype U%
- \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
- \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
- \fi
- \else
- % Check for appendix sections:
- \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
- \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
- \else
- \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
- \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
- \fi\fi
- \fi
- % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
- \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
- \def\headtype{U}%
- \else
- \chardef\unnlevel = 3
- \fi
- \fi
- % Now print the heading:
- \if \headtype U%
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \unnumberedzzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \else
- \if \headtype A%
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \appendixzzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \chapterzzz{#3}%
- \or \seczzz{#3}%
- \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% an interface:
-\def\numhead{\genhead N}
-\def\apphead{\genhead A}
-\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
-% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
-%
-% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
-% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
-\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-%
-\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz#1{%
- % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
- % as an @include file.
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\chapno by 1
- %
- % Used for \float.
- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
- \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
- \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
- %
- % Write the actual heading.
- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
- %
- % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
- \global\let\section = \numberedsec
- \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
-%
-\def\appendixzzz#1{%
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\appendixno by 1
- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
- \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
- \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
- %
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
- %
- \global\let\section = \appendixsec
- \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-
-% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
- %
- % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
- \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
- % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
- % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
- % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
- % to be executed, not expanded).
- %
- % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
- % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
- % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
- % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
- % the toc entries.)
- \toks0 = {#1}%
- \message{(\the\toks0)}%
- %
- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
- %
- \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
- \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
- \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
- \unnmhead0{#1}%
- \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\let\top\unnumbered
-
-% Sections.
-%
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
-\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
-}
-\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-
-% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% Subsections.
-%
-% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
-\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
-\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% Subsubsections.
-%
-% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
- {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\let\section = \numberedsec
-\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-\def\majorheading{%
- {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
- \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
-}
-
-\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
- \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
- \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-
-% Start a new page
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
-% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
-% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
-% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
-\def\chapoddpage{%
- \chappager
- \ifodd\pageno \else
- \begingroup
- \headingsoff
- \null
- \chappager
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
-% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
-% Not used for @heading series.
-%
-% To test against our argument.
-\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
-%
-\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
- \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
- \fi
- % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
- \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
- \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
- \gdef\thissection{}}%
- %
- \def\temptype{#2}%
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
- \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
- \gdef\thischapter{}}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
- \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
- \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
- % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
- % commands in some of the translations.
- \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{}
- \noexpand\thischapternum:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
- }%
- \else
- \toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
- \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
- \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
- % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
- % commands in some of the translations.
- \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapterPre{}
- \noexpand\thischapternum
- \noexpand\putwordChapterSuf{}:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
- }%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
- % the preceding space.
- \safewhatsit\domark
- %
- % Insert the chapter heading break.
- \pchapsepmacro
- %
- % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
- % between here and the heading.
- \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
- \domark
- %
- {%
- \chapfonts \rm
- \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
- %
- % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the
- % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
- % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
- \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
- %
- % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
- % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{unnchap}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
- \def\toctype{omit}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{app}%
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{numchap}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
- % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
- % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
- \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
- %
- % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
- % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
- % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
- % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
- % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
- \donoderef{#2}%
- %
- % Typeset the actual heading.
- \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
- \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
- \unhbox0 #1\par}%
- }%
- \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
- \nobreak
-}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerparameters{%
- \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \parfillskip = 0pt
-}
-
-
-% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
-% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-%
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip\subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
-\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
-
-
-% Print any size, any type, section title.
-%
-% #1 is the text of the title,
-% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
-% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
-% #4 is the section number.
-%
-\def\seckeyword{sec}
-%
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
- {%
- \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
- \def\temptype{#3}%
- %
- % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
- % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
- % dubious), but not the others.
- \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
- \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
- \fi
- \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
- %
- % Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
- %
- % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
- \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
- \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
- \fi
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- % Don't redefine \thissection.
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
- \toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
- % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
- % commands in some of the translations.
- \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
- \noexpand\thissectionnum:
- \noexpand\thissectionname}%
- }%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
- \toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
- % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
- % commands in some of the translations.
- \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
- \noexpand\thissectionnum:
- \noexpand\thissectionname}%
- }%
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we
- % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
- % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
- \par
- %
- % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
- % the preceding space.
- \safewhatsit\domark
- %
- % Insert space above the heading.
- \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
- %
- % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
- % between here and the heading.
- \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
- \domark
- %
- % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{unn}%
- \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
- % and don't redefine \currentsection.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{omit}%
- \let\sectionlevel=\empty
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{app}%
- \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{num}%
- \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
- \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
- %
- % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
- % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
- \donoderef{#3}%
- %
- % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
- % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
- % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
- % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
- % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
- % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
- \nobreak
- %
- % Output the actual section heading.
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
- \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
- \unhbox0 #1}%
- }%
- % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
- % Don't allow stretch, though.
- \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
- %
- % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
- % was followed by glue.
- \nobreak
- %
- % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
- % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
- % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next
- % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out
- % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically
- % obscuring the section heading with something else.
- \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known
- % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation
- % and do the needful.
- \penalty 10001
-}
-
-
-\message{toc,}
-% Table of contents.
-\newwrite\tocfile
-
-% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.
-%
-% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
-% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
-% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
-% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
-% destination to jump to.
-%
-% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
-% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
-% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
-% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
-%
-\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
-%
-\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
- \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
- \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
- \iftocfileopened\else
- \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
- \global\tocfileopenedtrue
- \fi
- %
- \iflinks
- {\atdummies
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
- \temp
- }%
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
- % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
- % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
- % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
- % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
- % `1', and two named `2'.
- \ifpdforxetex
- \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
- \fi
-}
-
-
-% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
-% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
-% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
-%
-\def\activecatcodes{%
- \catcode`\"=\active
- \catcode`\$=\active
- \catcode`\<=\active
- \catcode`\>=\active
- \catcode`\\=\active
- \catcode`\^=\active
- \catcode`\_=\active
- \catcode`\|=\active
- \catcode`\~=\active
-}
-
-
-% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
-\def\readtocfile{%
- \setupdatafile
- \activecatcodes
- \input \tocreadfilename
-}
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\newcount\savepageno
-\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-
-% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
-%
-\def\startcontents#1{%
- % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.
- \contentsalignmacro
- \immediate\closeout\tocfile
- %
- % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
- % It is abundantly clear what they are.
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
- %
- \savepageno = \pageno
- \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
- \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
- %
- % Roman numerals for page numbers.
- \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
- \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings
- % Record where the Roman numerals started.
- \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi
-}
-
-% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on
-% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
-%
-\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-%
-\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
- \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readtocfile
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \pdfmakeoutlines
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
- \contentsendroman
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
- %
- \let\partentry = \shortpartentry
- \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
- % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
- \secfonts
- \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
- \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
- \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readtocfile
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \endgroup
- \contentsendroman
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% Get ready to use Arabic numerals again
-\def\contentsendroman{%
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
- %
- % If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the
- % document. Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for
- % the page numbers.
- \ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi
-}
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-%
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
- % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
- % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
- % But use \hss just in case.
- % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
- % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
- %
- % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
- % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
- % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
- % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
- % there are before deciding ...
- \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
-}
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't
-% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
-% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
-\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
-\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{%
- % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading.
- % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the
- % part heading, before a following chapter heading.
- \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
- \penalty-300
- \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
- \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}%
-}
-%
-% Parts, in the short toc.
-\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
- \penalty-300
- \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
- \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
-}
-
-% Chapters, in the main contents.
-\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-
-% Chapters, in the short toc.
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
-}
-
-% Appendices, in the main contents.
-% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
-%
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
- % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
- \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
-%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
-
-% Unnumbered chapters.
-\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
-\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
-\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-% Same as \defaultparindent.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
- \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
- \begingroup
- % Move the page numbers slightly to the right
- \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
- \chapentryfonts
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
- \endgroup
- \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
-\let\tocentry = \entry
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-% @foo ... @end foo.
-
-% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
-
-\envdef\tex{%
- \setregularquotes
- \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
- \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
- \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
- \catcode `\%=14
- \catcode `\+=\other
- \catcode `\"=\other
- \catcode `\|=\other
- \catcode `\<=\other
- \catcode `\>=\other
- \catcode `\`=\other
- \catcode `\'=\other
- %
- % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our
- % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
- \mathactive
- %
- % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
- \let\b=\ptexb
- \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
- \let\c=\ptexc
- \let\,=\ptexcomma
- \let\.=\ptexdot
- \let\dots=\ptexdots
- \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
- \let\!=\ptexexclam
- \let\i=\ptexi
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
- \let\{=\ptexlbrace
- \let\+=\tabalign
- \let\}=\ptexrbrace
- \let\/=\ptexslash
- \let\sp=\ptexsp
- \let\*=\ptexstar
- %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
- \let\t=\ptext
- \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer
- \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
- %
- \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
- \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
- \def\@{@}%
-}
-% There is no need to define \Etex.
-
-% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
- % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
- % \sectionheading, q.v.
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
- \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
- \endgraf
- \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
- \removelastskip
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
- % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
- % often leads into it.
- \penalty100
- \fi
- \vskip\envskipamount
- \fi
- \fi
-}}
-
-\def\afterenvbreak{{%
- % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
- % \sectionheading, q.v.
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
- \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
- \endgraf
- \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
- \removelastskip
- % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
- % or better ...
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
- \vskip\envskipamount
- \fi
- \fi
-}}
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
-% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
-% environment contents.
-
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used
-\def\cartouchefontdefs{%
- \font\circle=lcircle10\relax
- \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-}
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-
-
-\envdef\cartouche{%
- \cartouchefontdefs
- \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
- \startsavinginserts
- \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
- \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
- \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
- \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
- \cartouter=\hsize
- \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
- % side, and for 6pt waste from
- % each corner char, and rule thickness
- \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- %
- % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
- % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
- % collide with the section heading.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
- %
- \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup
- \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
- \carttop
- \hbox\bgroup
- \hskip\lskip
- \vrule\kern3pt
- \vbox\bgroup
- \kern3pt
- \hsize=\cartinner
- \baselineskip=\normbskip
- \lineskip=\normlskip
- \parskip=\normpskip
- \vskip -\parskip
- \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group.
-}
-\def\Ecartouche{%
- \ifhmode\par\fi
- \kern3pt
- \egroup
- \kern3pt\vrule
- \hskip\rskip
- \egroup
- \cartbot
- \egroup
- \addgroupbox
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\newdimen\nonfillparindent
-\def\nonfillstart{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy
- \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
- \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
- \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
- \parskip = 0pt
- % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
- % the normal \indent.
- \nonfillparindent=\parindent
- \parindent = 0pt
- \let\indent\nonfillindent
- %
- \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
- \else
- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
- \fi
- \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-}
-
-\begingroup
-\obeyspaces
-% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
-% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
-% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
-% @indent.
-\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
-\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
-\ifx\temp %
-\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
-\else%
-\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
-\fi%
-}%
-\endgroup
-\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
-\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
-
-% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
-% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
-% This affects the following displayed environments:
-% @example, @display, @format, @lisp, @verbatim
-%
-\def\smallword{small}
-\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
-\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
-\def\setnormaldispenv{%
- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
- % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
- % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
- % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
- % to change the fonts afterward.
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \fi
-}
-\def\setsmalldispenv{%
- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
- \else
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \fi
-}
-
-% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
-\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
- \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
- \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
- \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-}
-
-% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
-\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
- \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
- \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
-}
-%
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
-% @example: same as @lisp.
-%
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
-\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
- \nonfillstart
- \tt\setcodequotes
- \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
- \parsearg\gobble
-}
-% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{display}{%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{format}{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
-\envdef\flushleft{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
-
-% @flushright.
-%
-\envdef\flushright{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
- \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
-% justification. From plain.tex.
-\envdef\raggedright{%
- \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
-}
-\let\Eraggedright\par
-
-\envdef\raggedleft{%
- \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em
- \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
- \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
- % badness reporting.
-}
-\let\Eraggedleft\par
-
-\envdef\raggedcenter{%
- \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em
- \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
- \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
- % badness reporting.
-}
-\let\Eraggedcenter\par
-
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
-% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
-% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
-%
-\def\quotationstart{%
- \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
- \fi
- \parsearg\quotationlabel
-}
-
-% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-% doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Equotation{%
- \par
- \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
- % indent a bit.
- \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
- \fi
- {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
-
-% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
-\def\quotationlabel#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- {\bf #1: }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and
-% has no optional argument.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart}
-%
-\def\indentedblockstart{%
- {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
- \parindent=0pt
- %
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
- \else
- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
- \fi
-}
-
-% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Eindentedblock{%
- \par
- {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock}
-
-
-% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
-% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
-% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
-% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
-%
-% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
-%
-% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
-% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
-% verbatim line.
-\def\dospecials{%
- \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
- \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
- \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
- % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
- % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
- % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
- %\do\`\do\'%
-}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 380
-\def\uncatcodespecials{%
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
-%
-% Setup for the @verb command.
-%
-% Eight spaces for a tab
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\setupverb{%
- \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
- \setcodequotes
- \tabeightspaces
- % Respect line breaks,
- % print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count
- % must do in this order:
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Setup for the @verbatim environment
-%
-% Real tab expansion.
-\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
-%
-% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
-% tabs.
-\newbox\verbbox
-\def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
-%
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\tabexpand{%
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
- \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
- \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
- \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
- \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
- \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox
- \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox
- }%
- }
-\endgroup
-
-% start the verbatim environment.
-\def\setupverbatim{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}%
- \tabexpand
- \setcodequotes
- % Respect line breaks,
- % print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count.
- % Must do in this order:
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
-% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
-% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
-%
-% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
-\begingroup
- \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
- \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
-%
-%
-% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
-% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
-%
-% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
-%
-% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
-% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
-% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
-%
-% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\ =\active
- \obeylines %
- % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
- % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
- % line in the output.
- \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{%
- \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
- % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
- % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
- % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in
- % the block.
-\endgroup
-%
-\envdef\verbatim{%
- \setnormaldispenv\setupverbatim\doverbatim
-}
-\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
-%
-\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
-%
-\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \setupverbatim
- {%
- \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
- \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
- \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 }
- \expandafter
- }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup
- \afterenvbreak
- }%
-}
-
-% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
-%
-% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
-% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
-% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
-% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
-% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is desirable.
-%
-\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
-\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
-%
-\def\insertcopying{%
- \begingroup
- \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
- \scanexp\copyingtext
- \endgroup
-}
-
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% @defun etc.
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-\newcount\defunpenalty
-
-% Start the processing of @deffn:
-\def\startdefun{%
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
- \medbreak
- \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
- % following @def command, see below.
- \else
- % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
- % which is there to keep the function description together with its
- % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
- % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
- % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
- % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
- % a break between a section heading and a defun.
- %
- % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
- % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
- % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
- % @def command.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
- %
- % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
- % But do insert the glue.
- \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
- \fi
- %
- \parindent=0in
- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-}
-
-\def\dodefunx#1{%
- % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
- \checkenv#1%
- %
- % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
- % It's not a great place, though.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
- %
- % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
- \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
-}
-\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
-%
-\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
- \begingroup
- % call \deffnheader:
- #1#2 \endheader
- % common ending:
- \interlinepenalty = 10000
- \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
- \endgraf
- \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
- \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
- % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
- % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
- \checkparencounts
- \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
-
-% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
-% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
-%
-\def\makedefun#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
- \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
- \temp
-}
-
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) }
-%
-% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
-% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
-%
-\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
- \envdef#1{%
- \startdefun
- \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else
- \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
- }%
- \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
- \def#3%
-}
-
-\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function?
-\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line?
-
-% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
-% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
-% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
-%
-\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
- = \empty
- \else\ifx\temp\offword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
- = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
- must be on|off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-%
-% If SUBTOPIC is present, precede it with a space, and call \doind.
-% (At some time during the 20th century, this made a two-level entry in an
-% index such as the operation index. Nobody seemed to notice the change in
-% behaviour though.)
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
- \def\thirdarg{#3}%
- \ifx\thirdarg\empty
- \doind{#1}{#2}%
- \else
- \doind{#1}{#2\space#3}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Untyped functions:
-
-% @deffn category name args
-\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-
-% @deffn category class name args
-\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \defopon {category on}class name args
-\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
-%
-\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Typed functions:
-
-% @deftypefn category type name args
-\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypeop category class type name args
-\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
-\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
-%
-\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \doingtypefntrue
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Typed variables:
-
-% @deftypevr category type var args
-\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypecv category class type var args
-\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
-\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
-%
-\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
- \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Untyped variables:
-
-% @defvr category var args
-\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
-
-% @defcv category class var args
-\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \defcvof {category of}class var args
-\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-
-% Types:
-
-% @deftp category name args
-\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
- \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
- \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
-\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
-\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
-\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
-\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
-% #2 is the return type, if any.
-% #3 is the function name.
-%
-% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
-%
-\def\defname#1#2#3{%
- \par
- % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
- \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
- %
- % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
- % on a line by itself.
- \rettypeownlinefalse
- \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically?
- % then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else
- \rettypeownlinetrue
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps
- % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
- % just below it.
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
- %
- % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at
- % least two.
- \tempnum = 2
- %
- % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
- % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
- \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
- %
- % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
- \ifrettypeownline
- \advance\tempnum by 1
- \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
- \else
- \def\maybeshapeline{}%
- \fi
- %
- % The continuations:
- \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
- %
- % The final paragraph shape:
- \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2
- %
- % Put the category name at the right margin.
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
- % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
- \kern\leftskip
- % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
- }%
- %
- % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
- \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
- {%
- % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
- % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
- % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
- % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
- % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
- % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
- % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
- % one has made identifiers using them :).
- \df \tt
- \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
- \ifx\temp\empty\else
- \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
- \ifrettypeownline
- % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
- \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break
- \else
- \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space
- \fi
- \fi % no return type
- #3% output function name
- }%
- {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont
- %
- \boldbrax
- % arguments will be output next, if any.
-}
-
-% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
-% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
-% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
-% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-%
-\def\defunargs#1{%
- % use sl by default (not ttsl),
- % tt for the names.
- \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
- %
- % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
- % want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so
- % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter.
- % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen
- % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`.
- \def\var##1{{\setregularquotes\ttslanted{##1}}}%
- #1%
- \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
-}
-
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
- \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
- \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
- \catcode`\&=\active
-}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-{
- \activeparens
- \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
- \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
- \global\let& = \&
-
- \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
- \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
-}
-\let\ampchar\&
-
-\newcount\parencount
-
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\newif\ifampseen
-\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
-
-\def\parenfont{%
- \ifampseen
- % At the first level, print parens in roman,
- % otherwise use the default font.
- \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
- \else
- % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
- % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
- \sf
- \fi
-}
-\def\infirstlevel#1{%
- \ifampseen
- \ifnum\parencount=1
- #1%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-
-\def\opnr{%
- \global\advance\parencount by 1
- {\parenfont(}%
- \infirstlevel \bfafterword
-}
-\def\clnr{%
- {\parenfont)}%
- \infirstlevel \sl
- \global\advance\parencount by -1
-}
-
-\newcount\brackcount
-\def\lbrb{%
- \global\advance\brackcount by 1
- {\bf[}%
-}
-\def\rbrb{%
- {\bf]}%
- \global\advance\brackcount by -1
-}
-
-\def\checkparencounts{%
- \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
- \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
-}
-% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
-% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
-\def\badparencount{%
- \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
- \global\parencount=0
-}
-\def\badbrackcount{%
- \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
- \global\brackcount=0
-}
-
-
-\message{macros,}
-% @macro.
-
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
-% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
- \newwrite\macscribble
- \def\scantokens#1{%
- \toks0={#1}%
- \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
- \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
- \immediate\closeout\macscribble
- \input \jobname.tmp
- }
-\fi
-
-\let\E=\expandafter
-
-% Used at the time of macro expansion.
-% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
- \newlinechar`\^^M
- % expand the expansion of \eatleadingcr twice to maybe remove a leading
- % newline (and \else and \fi tokens), then call \eatspaces on the result.
- \def\xeatspaces##1{%
- \E\E\E\E\E\E\E\eatspaces\E\E\E\E\E\E\E{\eatleadingcr##1%
- }}%
- \def\xempty##1{}%
- %
- % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
- \scantokens{#1@comment}%
- %
- % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
- % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla
- % in math mode.
-}
-
-% Used for copying and captions
-\def\scanexp#1{%
- \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
-}
-
-\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
-\newtoks\macname % Macro name
-\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
-
-% List of all defined macros in the form
-% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2...
-% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
-% if there is a need.
-\def\macrolist{}
-
-% Add the macro to \macrolist
-\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
-\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}%
- \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
-}
-
-% Utility routines.
-% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
-% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
-% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
-%
-\def\cslet#1#2{%
- \expandafter\let
- \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
- \csname#2\endcsname
-}
-
-% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
-% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
-\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
-\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
-\def\unbrace#1{#1}
-\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
-}
-
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other%
-\gdef\eatleadingcr#1{\if\noexpand#1\noexpand^^M\else\E#1\fi}}%
-% Warning: this won't work for a delimited argument
-% or for an empty argument
-
-% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
-\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
-\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
-\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
-}
-
-% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
-% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
-% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
-%
-% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
-% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to
-% confine the change to the current group.
-%
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
-% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-%
-\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\+=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \passthroughcharstrue
-}
-
-\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\\=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
-}
-
-\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\ =\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\{=\other
- \catcode`\}=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
- \usembodybackslash
-}
-
-% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode
-% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
-% an argument to another Texinfo command.
-\def\macroargctxt{%
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\ =\active
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
- \catcode`\\=\active
-}
-
-\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\{=\other
- \catcode`\}=\other
-}
-
-% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
-% where N is the macro parameter number.
-% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
-% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-%
-{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
- @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
- @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
-}
-\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
-
-\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
-
-\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
-\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
-
-\def\macroxxx#1{%
- \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
- \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
- \paramno=0\relax
- \else
- \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
- \if\paramno>256\relax
- \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
- \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
- \else
- \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
- \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
- \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
- \fi
- \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
- \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
- \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
- \fi}
-
-\parseargdef\unmacro{%
- \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
- \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
- \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
- % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
- \begingroup
- \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
- \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo
- \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
- \endgroup
- \else
- \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
-% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
-%
-\def\unmacrodo#1{%
- \ifx #1\relax
- % remove this
- \else
- \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1%
- \fi
-}
-
-% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to
-% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
-\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
-\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
-\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
-% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
-% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
-% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
-% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
-% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are
-% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
-% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
-% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
-%
-% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-%
-% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
-% \parsemmanyargdef.
-%
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
- \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
- \let\hash\relax
- % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
- \let\xeatspaces\relax
- \let\xempty\relax
- \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
- \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
- \paramno0\relax
- \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
- \fi
-}
-\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
- \if#1;\let\next=\relax
- \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
- \advance\paramno by 1
- \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
- {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno\noexpand\xempty{}}}%
- \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
- \fi\next}
-% the \xempty{} is to give \eatleadingcr an argument in the case of an
-% empty macro argument.
-
-% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
-%
-% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
-% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-%
-% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro
-% body to be transformed.
-% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro.
-%
-{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{%
-\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
-{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{%
-\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
-
-% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
-\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode `@=11\relax
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
-% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
-% processed again to replace the arguments.
-%
-% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
-% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
-% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
-%
-% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
-% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
-%
-% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
-% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
-% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
-% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
-% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
-% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
-\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
- \if#1;\let\next=\relax
- \else
- \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
- \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
- \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
- % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
- % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an
- % \xdef .
- \expandafter\edef\tempa
- {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
- \advance\paramno by 1\relax
- \fi\next}
-
-
-\let\endargs@\relax
-\let\nil@\relax
-\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
-\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
-
-% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
-% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
-% macarg.ARGNAME
-%
-% #1 is the macro name
-% #2 is the list of argument names
-% #3 is the list of argument values
-\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
- \def\macargdeflist@{}%
- \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
- \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
- \def\macroname{#1}%
- \begingroup
- \macroargctxt
- \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
- \def\@tempa{#3}%
- \ifx\@tempa\empty
- \setemptyargvalues@
- \else
- \getargvals@@
- \fi
-}
-\def\getargvals@@{%
- \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
- % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
- \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
- \fi
- \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
- \else
- \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
- % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg
- % macros to empty.
- \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
- \else
- % pop current arg name into \@tempb
- \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
- \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
- % pop current argument value into \@tempc
- \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
- \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
- % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
- % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
- \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
- \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
- \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
- \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
- \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
- \let\next\getargvals@@
- \fi
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-\def\push@#1#2{%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
- \expandafter#1#2}%
-}
-
-% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
-% in macro \@tempa.
-%
-\def\macvalstoargs@{%
- % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
- % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
- % values into respective token registers.
- %
- % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
- \begingroup
- \paramno0\relax
- % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
- % value into a new token list register \toks#N
- \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
- % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
- % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
- % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
- \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
- % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
- % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
- % group.
- \expandafter
- \endgroup
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
- }
-
-% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
-%
-\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
- \expandafter
- \endgroup
- \macargdeflist@
- % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
- % is in \@tempa .
- \macvalstoargs@
- % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
- % with \@tempb .
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
- % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
- % \egroup .
- \ifx\@tempb\gobble
- \let\@tempc\relax
- \else
- \let\@tempc\egroup
- \fi
- % And now we do the real job:
- \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
- \@tempd
-}
-
-\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
- \if#1;\let\next\relax
- \else
- \let\next\putargsintokens@
- % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
- % alias \@tempb .
- \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
- % Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
- \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
- \advance\paramno by 1\relax
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
-%
-\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
- \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
- \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
- \else
- \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
- \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
- \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
- \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
- \def\paramlist{#2}%
-}
-
-% #1 is the element target macro
-% #2 is the list macro
-% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
-\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
- \def#1{#3}%
- \def#2{#4}%
-}
-\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
- \long\def#1{#3}%
- \long\def#2{#4}%
-}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
-% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
-% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
-% \paramno is the number of parameters
-% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
-% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
-% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
-%
-\def\defmacro{%
- \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
- \ifnum\paramno=1
- \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
- % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't
- % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost
- % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based
- % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly.
- \else
- \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion
- \fi
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup
- \noexpand\spaceisspace
- \noexpand\endlineisspace
- \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name.
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
- }%
- \else % at most 9
- \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
- % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
- % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a
- % comma.
- % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
- % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup
- \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
- \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
- \noexpand\expandafter
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
- \noexpand\passargtomacro
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
- \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
- \else % 10 or more:
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
- }%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
- \fi
- \fi}
-
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
-
-\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
-@catcode`@_=11 % private names
-@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator
-
-% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
-% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
-% compressed to one.
-%
-% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use
-% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where
-% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to
-% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
-%
-% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
-% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
-%
-% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input)
-%
-% where:
-% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
-% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
-% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
-% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
-
-@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
- @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
-}
-@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
-% #2 - PENDING_BS
-% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
-% #4 used to look ahead
-%
-% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument;
-% otherwise, remove the next token.
-@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
- @ifx#4\%
- @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish
- @else
- @expandafter@add_segment
- @fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
-}
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
-% #2 - PENDING_BS
-% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
-% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
-% #5 looks ahead
-%
-% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
-@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
- @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
-}
-
-@gdef@is_fi{@fi}
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
-% #2 - PENDING_BS
-% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
-% #4 is input stream until next backslash
-%
-% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a
-% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.
-% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish,
-% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
-% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
-% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
-% added to ARG_RESULT.
-@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
-@ifx#3@_finish
- @call_the_macro#1!%
-@else
- % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
- @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
- % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
- % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how
- % long #4 is.
-}
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO
-% #2 - ARG_RESULT
-% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the
-% conditional.
-@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
-
-}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks
-% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context
-% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then,
-% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
-% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
-%
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
-\def\braceorlinexxx{%
- \ifx\nchar\bgroup
- \macroargctxt
- \expandafter\passargtomacro
- \else
- \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
- \fi \macnamexxx}
-
-
-% @alias.
-% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-%
-\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
-\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
- {%
- \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
- \addtomacrolist{#1}%
- \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
- }%
- \next
-}
-
-
-\message{cross references,}
-
-\newwrite\auxfile
-\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is relatively simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
- \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
- node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
-% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
-% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
-% @node foo , bar , ...
-% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
-%
-\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
-%
-% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
-% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
-\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode}
-
-% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex
-% conditional.
-% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need
-% that here.
-\def\omittopnode{%
- \ifx\lastnode\wordTop
- \expandafter\ignorenode\fi
-}
-\def\wordTop{Top}
-
-% Until the next @node or @bye command, divert output to a box that is not
-% output.
-\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup\def\node{\egroup\node}%
-\ignorenodebye
-}
-
-{\let\bye\relax
-\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef}
-\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}}
-% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer
-
-\let\lastnode=\empty
-
-% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
-% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
-%
-\def\donoderef#1{%
- \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
- \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\empty
- \fi
-}
-
-% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\newcount\savesfregister
-%
-\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
-% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection,
-% or the anchor name.
-% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
-% empty for anchors.
-% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
-%
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
-% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
-% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{%
- \pdfmkdest{#1}%
- \iflinks
- {%
- \requireauxfile
- \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
- % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
- \def\value##1{##1}%
- \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
- \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
- ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
- }%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}%
- \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
- \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
- \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
-% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
-% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
-% variable, now it's official.
-%
-\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
- = \empty
- \else\ifx\temp\offword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
- = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
- must be on|off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% \f
-% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
-% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
-% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
-% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
-%
-%MODIFIED
-\def\pxref{\xrefXX} %\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
-\def\xref{\xrefXX} %\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
-\def\ref{\xrefXX}
-
-\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
-\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
-%
-\newbox\toprefbox
-\newbox\printedrefnamebox
-\newbox\infofilenamebox
-\newbox\printedmanualbox
-%
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- %
- % Get args without leading/trailing spaces.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
- %
- \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}%
- \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}%
- %
- \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
- \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
- %
- % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in
- % the @xref, figure out what we want to use.
- \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
- % No printed node name was explicitly given.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
- % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside
- % the square brackets if we have it.
- \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
- % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- \ifhavexrefs
- % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values.
- \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}}%
- \else
- % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \fi%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % Make link in pdf output.
- \ifpdf
- % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
- {\indexnofonts
- \makevalueexpandable
- \turnoffactive
- % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
- % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
- % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
- \getfilename{#4}%
- %
- % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
- % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
- \setpdfdestname{#1}%
- %
- \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
- \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
- \fi
- %
- \leavevmode
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- \ifnum\filenamelength>0
- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}%
- \else
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}%
- \fi
- }%
- \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
- \else
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \else
- % For XeTeX
- {\indexnofonts
- \makevalueexpandable
- \turnoffactive
- % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
- % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
- % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
- \getfilename{#4}%
- %
- % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
- % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
- \setpdfdestname{#1}%
- %
- \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
- \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
- \fi
- %
- \leavevmode
- \ifnum\filenamelength>0
- % With default settings,
- % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
- % In this case, the replaced destination names of
- % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement,
- % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
- % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+),
- % this command line option is no longer necessary
- % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special.
- \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
- << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
- \else
- \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
- << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
- \fi
- }%
- \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
- \fi
- \fi
- {%
- % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
- % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \def\value##1{##1}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
- \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
- }%
- %
- % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
- % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by
- % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
- \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
- % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
- % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
- \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
- \refx{#1-snt}%
- \else
- \printedrefname
- \fi
- %
- % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
- % "in MANUALNAME".
- \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
- \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \fi
- \else
- % node/anchor (non-float) references.
- %
- % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
- % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
- % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
- % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name
- % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
- %
- \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
- % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
- %
- \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
- %
- \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
- % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
- % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as
- % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
- %
- \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
- %
- \else
- % Reference within this manual.
- %
- % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty, as the ref
- % will be empty for @unnumbered and @anchor.
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
- %
- % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
- \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiomitxrefpg\endcsname\relax
- % But we always want a comma and a space:
- ,\space
- %
- % output the `page 3'.
- \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}%
- % Add a , if xref followed by a space
- \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
- \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
- \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @*
- \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE
- \else\ifx\
- \tokenafterxref ,% @NL
- \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- %MODIFIED
- \putwordSeeSuf{}。
- \fi
- \fi\fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice).
-%
-% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
-% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
-% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
-%
-% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
-% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
-% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
-% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
-% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
-%
-% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
-% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
-%
-\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
- \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty?
- \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top?
- \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space
- \fi
- \fi
- #1%
-}
-
-% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
-% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
-% one that Bob is working on :).
-%
-%MODIFIED
-\def\xrefprintnodename#1{「#1」}
-
-% Things referred to by \setref.
-%
-\def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
-%MODIFIED
-\def\Ynumbered{%
- \ifnum\secno=0
- \putwordChapterPre\the\chapno \putwordChapterSuf{}%
- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
- \putwordSectionPre\the\chapno.\the\secno \putwordSectionSuf{}%
- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
- \putwordSectionPre\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \putwordSectionSuf{}%
- \else
- \putwordSectionPre\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \putwordSectionSuf{}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-%MODIFIED
-\def\Yappendix{%
- \ifnum\secno=0
- \putwordAppendixPre@char\the\appendixno{} \putwordAppendixChapterSuf{}%
- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
- \putwordSectionPre@char\the\appendixno.\the\secno \putwordSectionSuf{}%
- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
- \putwordSectionPre@char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \putwordSectionSuf{}%
- \else
- \putwordSectionPre%
- @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \putwordSectionSuf{}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-
-% \refx{NAME} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-\def\refx#1{%
- \requireauxfile
- {%
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \def\value##1{##1}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
- \csname XR#1\endcsname
- }%
- \ifx\thisrefX\relax
- % If not defined, say something at least.
- \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
- \iflinks
- \ifhavexrefs
- {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
- \else
- \ifwarnedxrefs\else
- \global\warnedxrefstrue
- \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % It's defined, so just use it.
- \thisrefX
- \fi
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control
-% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence
-% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float
-% type, we have more work to do.
-%
-\def\xrdef#1#2{%
- {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
- % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
- % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \def\value##1{##1}%
- \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
- }%
- %
- \bgroup
- \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}%
- \egroup
- % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on
- % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with
- % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does
- % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax.
- %
- % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
- \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
- % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
- \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
- %
- % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
- \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
- \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
- \else
- % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
- \fi
- %
- % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
- % for later use in \listoffloats.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
- {\safexrefname}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
-\def\requireauxfile{%
- \iflinks
- \tryauxfile
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
- \fi
- \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once.
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
-%
-\def\tryauxfile{%
- \openin 1 \jobname.aux
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readdatafile{aux}%
- \global\havexrefstrue
- \fi
- \closein 1
-}
-
-\def\setupdatafile{%
- \catcode`\^^@=\other
- \catcode`\^^A=\other
- \catcode`\^^B=\other
- \catcode`\^^C=\other
- \catcode`\^^D=\other
- \catcode`\^^E=\other
- \catcode`\^^F=\other
- \catcode`\^^G=\other
- \catcode`\^^H=\other
- \catcode`\^^K=\other
- \catcode`\^^L=\other
- \catcode`\^^N=\other
- \catcode`\^^P=\other
- \catcode`\^^Q=\other
- \catcode`\^^R=\other
- \catcode`\^^S=\other
- \catcode`\^^T=\other
- \catcode`\^^U=\other
- \catcode`\^^V=\other
- \catcode`\^^W=\other
- \catcode`\^^X=\other
- \catcode`\^^Z=\other
- \catcode`\^^[=\other
- \catcode`\^^\=\other
- \catcode`\^^]=\other
- \catcode`\^^^=\other
- \catcode`\^^_=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- %
- % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\[=\other
- \catcode`\]=\other
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\_=\active
- \catcode`\|=\active
- \catcode`\<=\active
- \catcode`\>=\active
- \catcode`\$=\other
- \catcode`\#=\other
- \catcode`\&=\other
- \catcode`\%=\other
- \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
- %
- \catcode`\\=\active
- %
- % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
- \catcode`\{=1
- \catcode`\}=2
- \catcode`\@=0
-}
-
-\def\readdatafile#1{%
-\begingroup
- \setupdatafile
- \input\jobname.#1
-\endgroup}
-
-
-\message{insertions,}
-% including footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
- \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
- \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
- %
- % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
- % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
- \let\@sf\empty
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
- %
- % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
- \unskip
- \thisfootno\@sf
- \dofootnote
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\gdef\dofootnote{%
- \insert\footins\bgroup
- %
- % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
- % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
- \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
- %
- % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
- % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
- % So reset some parameters.
- \hsize=\txipagewidth
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
- \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z@skip
- \rightskip\z@skip
- \spaceskip\z@skip
- \xspaceskip\z@skip
- \parindent\defaultparindent
- %
- \smallfonts \rm
- %
- % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
- % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
- % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
- % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
- \let\noindent = \relax
- %
- % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
- % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
- \everypar = {\hang}%
- \textindent{\thisfootno}%
- %
- % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
- % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
- % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
- \footstrut
- %
- % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
- \futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-\def\errfootnotenest{%
- \errhelp=\EMsimple
- \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
- even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
-}
-
-\def\errfootnoteheading{%
- \errhelp=\EMsimple
- \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
-}
-
-% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
-% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
-% would be lost.
-% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
-% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
-%
-% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
-% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
-% out prematurely.
-%
-\def\startsavinginserts{%
- \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
- \let\insert\saveinsert
- \else
- \let\checkinserts\relax
- \fi
-}
-
-% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
-% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
-%
-\def\saveinsert#1{%
- \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
- \afterassignment\next
- % swallow the left brace
- \let\temp =
-}
-\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
-\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
-
-\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
-
-\def\placesaveins#1{%
- \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
- {\box#1}%
-}
-
-% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
-{
- \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
- \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
-}
-
-% initialization:
-\def\newsaveins #1{%
- \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
- \next
-}
-\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
- \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
- \checksaveins #1}%
-}
-
-% initialize:
-\let\checkinserts\empty
-\newsaveins\footins
-\newsaveins\margin
-
-
-% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
-% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
-% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
-% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
-% undone and the next image would fail.
-\openin 1 = epsf.tex
-\ifeof 1 \else
- % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
- % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
- \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
- \input epsf.tex
-\fi
-\closein 1
-%
-% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
-\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
-\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
- work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
- it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.}
-%
-\def\image#1{%
- \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
- \ifwarnednoepsf \else
- \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
- \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
- \global\warnednoepsftrue
- \fi
- \else
- \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
- \fi
-}
-%
-% Arguments to @image:
-% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
-% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
-% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
-\newif\ifimagevmode
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
- \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
- \makevalueexpandable
- % If the image is by itself, center it.
- \ifvmode
- \imagevmodetrue
- \else \ifx\centersub\centerV
- % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space
- \imagevmodetrue
- \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev
- \fi\fi
- %
- \ifimagevmode
- \nobreak\medskip
- % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
- % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
- % above and below.
- \nobreak\vskip\parskip
- \nobreak
- \fi
- %
- % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
- % environment such as @quotation is respected.
- % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the
- % normal paragraph indentation.
- % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't
- % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and
- % eradicate the centering.
- \ifx\centersub\centerV \else \imageindent \fi
- %
- % Output the image.
- \ifpdf
- % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
- \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \else
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- % For epsf.tex
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
- \else
- % For XeTeX
- \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- \ifimagevmode
- \medskip % space after a standalone image
- \fi
- \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
-% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
-% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
-%
-\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
-
-% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
-\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
-
-% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
-% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
-% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-%
-% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
-% be referable.
-%
-% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
-% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-%
-% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
-% chapter-level command.
-\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
-%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
- \let\thiscaption=\empty
- \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
- %
- % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
- %
- % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
- % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
- %
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
- \par
- %
- \vtop\bgroup
- \def\floattype{#1}%
- \def\floatlabel{#2}%
- \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
- %
- \ifx\floattype\empty
- \let\safefloattype=\empty
- \else
- {%
- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
- % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
- %
- \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
- \global\advance\floatno by 1
- %
- {%
- % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the
- % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
- % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
- % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
- % lists of floats.
- %
- \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
- \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
- \vskip\parskip
- %
- % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% we have these possibilities:
-% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
-% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
-% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
-% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
-% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
-% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
-% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
-% @float & no caption:
-%
-\def\Efloat{%
- \let\floatident = \empty
- %
- % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
- %
- % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
- \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
- \fi
- % the number.
- \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
- \fi
- %
- % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
- % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
- \let\captionline = \floatident
- %
- \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
- \ifx\floatident\empty \else
- \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
- \fi
- %
- % caption text.
- \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
- \fi
- %
- % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
- % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
- \ifx\captionline\empty \else
- \vskip.5\parskip
- \captionline
- %
- % Space below caption.
- \vskip\parskip
- \fi
- %
- % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
- % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
- % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
- % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
- {%
- \requireauxfile
- \atdummies
- %
- \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
- \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
- \else
- \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
- \fi
- \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
- \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
- }%
- \fi
- \egroup % end of \vtop
- %
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
-%
-\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
-}
-
-% @caption, @shortcaption
-%
-\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
-\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
-\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
-\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
-
-% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
-% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
-\def\getfloatno#1{%
- \ifx#1\relax
- % Haven't seen this figure type before.
- \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
- %
- % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
- \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
- \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
- \fi
- \let\floatno#1%
-}
-
-% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
-% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
-% first read the @float command.
-%
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-
-% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
-% distinguish floats from other xref types.
-\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
-
-% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
-% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
-% \currentsection value which we \setref above.
-%
-\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
-%
-% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
-% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
-%
-\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \def\iffloattype{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\floatmagic
-}
-
-% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-%
-\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
- \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
- {%
- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
- }%
- %
- % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
- \ifhavexrefs
- % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
- \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
- \fi
- \else
- \begingroup
- \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
- \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
- \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
-% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
-% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
-% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
-%
-% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
-% they won't appear in the aux file).
-%
-\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
-\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
- % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
- % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
- % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
- % in pdf output.
- \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
- %
- % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
- \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
- \writeentry
-}}
-
-
-\message{localization,}
-
-% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
-% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language
-% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
-%
-{
- \catcode`\_ = \active
- \globaldefs=1
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
- \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
- % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
- \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test
- \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
- \ifeof 1
- \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
- \else
- \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
- \input txi-#1.tex
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup % end raw TeX
-}
-%
-% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
-% try txi-de.tex.
-%
-\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
- \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
- \ifeof 1
- \errhelp = \nolanghelp
- \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
- \else
- \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
- \input txi-#1.tex
- \fi
- \closein 1
-}
-}% end of special _ catcode
-%
-\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current
-directory should work if nowhere else does.}
-
-% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
-% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
-% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
-%
-% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
-% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
-% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
-%
-% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
-% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in
-% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the
-% accented characters problem.)
-%
-\catcode`@=11
-\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
- % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
- \message{no patterns for #1}%
- \else
- \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
- \fi
- % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
- \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
- \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
-}
-
-% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively.
-% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation.
-% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise.
-%
-\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
-\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
-
-\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
- \txinativeunicodecapablefalse
- \txiusebytewiseiotrue
- \else
- \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
- \txiusebytewiseiofalse
- \fi
-\else
- \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
- \txiusebytewiseiofalse
-\fi
-
-% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
-% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
-%
-\def\setbytewiseio{%
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \else
- \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read
- \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file
- % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
- % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
- % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
- % place of non-ASCII characters.
- \fi
-
- \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
- \else
- \directlua{
- local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
- local function convert_char (char)
- return utf8_char(byte(char))
- end
-
- local function convert_line (line)
- return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
- end
-
- callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
-
- local function convert_line_out (line)
- local line_out = ""
- for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
- line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
- end
- return line_out
- end
-
- callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
- }
- \fi
-
- \txiusebytewiseiotrue
-}
-
-
-% Helpers for encodings.
-% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
-%
-\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
- \count255=128
- \loop\ifnum\count255<256
- \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
- \advance\count255 by 1
- \repeat
-}
-
-\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
- \count255=128
- \loop\ifnum\count255<256
- \catcode\count255=#1\relax
- \advance\count255 by 1
- \repeat
-}
-
-% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
-% according to the specified encoding.
-%
-\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
-\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
- %
- % Encoding being declared for the document.
- \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
- %
- % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
- % to compare them with \ifx.
- \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
- \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
- \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
- \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
- \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
- %
- \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
- \asciichardefs
- %
- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
- \setbytewiseio
- \fi
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- \lattwochardefs
- %
- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
- \setbytewiseio
- \fi
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- \latonechardefs
- %
- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
- \setbytewiseio
- \fi
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- \latninechardefs
- %
- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
- % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
- \nativeunicodechardefs
- \else
- % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX)
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level
- % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated
- % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is
- % sufficient.
- \fi
- %
- \else
- \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
- %
- \fi % utfeight
- \fi % latnine
- \fi % latone
- \fi % lattwo
- \fi % ascii
- %
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \else
- \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- \else
- \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
- \else
- \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle %
- non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-
-% emacs-page
-% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
-% the default font encoding (OT1).
-%
-\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
-
-% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
-\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
-
-% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
-% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
-% macros containing the character definitions.
-\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-%
-
-\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
-\gdef#1{%
- \ifpassthroughchars
- \string#1%
- \else
- #2%
- \fi
-}}
-
-% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
-\def\latonechardefs{%
- \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
- \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
- \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
- \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}}
- \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
- \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
- \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
- \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
- \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
- \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}}
- \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
- \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}}
- \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
- \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
- \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}}
- \gdefchar^^af{\={}}
- %
- \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
- \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
- \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
- \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
- \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
- \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
- \gdefchar^^b6{\P}
- \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
- \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
- \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
- \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
- \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}}
- \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
- \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
- \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
- \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
- %
- \gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
- \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
- \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
- \gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
- \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
- \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
- \gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
- \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
- \gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
- \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
- \gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
- \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
- \gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
- \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
- \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
- \gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
- %
- \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
- \gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
- \gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
- \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
- \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
- \gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
- \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
- \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
- \gdefchar^^d8{\O}
- \gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
- \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
- \gdefchar^^db{\^U}
- \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
- \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
- \gdefchar^^de{\TH}
- \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
- %
- \gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
- \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
- \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
- \gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
- \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
- \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
- \gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
- \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
- \gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
- \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
- \gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
- \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
- \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
- \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
- \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
- \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
- %
- \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
- \gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
- \gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
- \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
- \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
- \gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
- \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
- \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
- \gdefchar^^f8{\o}
- \gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
- \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
- \gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
- \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
- \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
- \gdefchar^^fe{\th}
- \gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
-}
-
-% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
-\def\latninechardefs{%
- % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
- \latonechardefs
- %
- \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}}
- \gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
- \gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
- \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
- \gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
- \gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
- \gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
- \gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
-}
-
-% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
-\def\lattwochardefs{%
- \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
- \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
- \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
- \gdefchar^^a3{\L}
- \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
- \gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
- \gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
- \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
- \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
- \gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
- \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
- \gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
- \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
- \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
- \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
- \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
- %
- \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}}
- \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
- \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
- \gdefchar^^b3{\l}
- \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
- \gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
- \gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
- \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
- \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
- \gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
- \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
- \gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
- \gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
- \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
- \gdefchar^^be{\v z}
- \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
- %
- \gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
- \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
- \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
- \gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
- \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
- \gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
- \gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
- \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
- \gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
- \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
- \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
- \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
- \gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
- \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
- \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
- \gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
- %
- \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
- \gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
- \gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
- \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
- \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
- \gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
- \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
- \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
- \gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
- \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
- \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
- \gdefchar^^db{\H U}
- \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
- \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
- \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
- \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
- %
- \gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
- \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
- \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
- \gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
- \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
- \gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
- \gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
- \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
- \gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
- \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
- \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
- \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
- \gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
- \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
- \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
- \gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
- %
- \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
- \gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
- \gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
- \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
- \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
- \gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
- \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
- \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
- \gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
- \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
- \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
- \gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
- \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
- \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
- \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
- \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
-}
-
-% UTF-8 character definitions.
-%
-% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
-% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by
-% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
-%
-\newcount\countUTFx
-\newcount\countUTFy
-\newcount\countUTFz
-
-\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
- \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
-%
-\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
- \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
-%
-\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
- \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
-
-\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
- \ifx #1\relax
- \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
- \else
- \expandafter #1%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\~13
- \catcode`\$12
- \catcode`\"12
-
- % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
- % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
- \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
- \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
- \uccode`\~\countUTFx
- \uccode`\$\countUTFx
- \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
- \advance\countUTFx by 1
- \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
- \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
- \fi}
-
- % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to
- % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
- \countUTFx = "80
- \countUTFy = "C2
- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \gdef~{%
- \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
- \UTFviiiLoop
-
- \countUTFx = "C2
- \countUTFy = "E0
- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \gdef~{%
- \ifpassthroughchars $%
- \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
- \UTFviiiLoop
-
- \countUTFx = "E0
- \countUTFy = "F0
- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \gdef~{%
- \ifpassthroughchars $%
- \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
- \UTFviiiLoop
-
- \countUTFx = "F0
- \countUTFy = "F4
- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \gdef~{%
- \ifpassthroughchars $%
- \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
- }}%
- \UTFviiiLoop
-\endgroup
-
-\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
-
-% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
-\def\U#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
- % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is
- % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph,
- % letters are missing.
- \begingroup
- \uccode`\.="#1\relax
- \uppercase{.}
- \endgroup
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
- \fi
- \else
- \csname uni:#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
-% sequence to be defined.
-\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
- \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
-\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
- \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
-\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
- \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
-
-% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX),
-% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character;
-% this gets used by the @U command
-%
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\"=12
- \catcode`\<=12
- \catcode`\.=12
- \catcode`\,=12
- \catcode`\;=12
- \catcode`\!=12
- \catcode`\~=13
- \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
- \countUTFz = "#1\relax
- \begingroup
- \parseXMLCharref
-
- % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's
- % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
- %
- % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
- % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
- % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token)
- %
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
- \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
- \fi
- %
- % define an additional control sequence for this code point.
- \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
- \endgroup}
- %
- % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
- % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
- \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
- \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
- \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
- \parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
- \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
- \parseUTFviiiA;%
- \parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
- \else
- \parseUTFviiiA;%
- \parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiA!%
- \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- }
-
- % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
- % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
- % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
- % of the bytes.
- \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
- \countUTFx = \countUTFz
- \divide\countUTFz by 64
- \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
- \multiply\countUTFz by 64
-
- % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract
- % in order to get the last five bits.
- \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
-
- % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
- \advance\countUTFx by 128
- \uccode `#1\countUTFx
- \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
-
- % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
- % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
- % sequence.
- % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
- % #3 is always a full stop (.)
- % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these
- % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
- \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
- \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
- \uccode `#3\countUTFz
- \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
-\endgroup
-
-% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
-% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally
-%
-\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
- \catcode"#1=\other
-}
-
-% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
-% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
-% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
-% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
-% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
-%
-% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
-% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts
-% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without
-% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
-% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
-% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at
-% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
-%
-\def\unicodechardefs{%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
- %
- % Greek letters upper case
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
- %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
- %
- % Vowels with accents
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
- %
- % Standalone accent
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
- %
- % Greek letters lower case
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
- %
- % More Greek vowels with accents
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
- %
- % Variant Greek letters
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
- %
- % Punctuation
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}%
- %
- % Mathematical symbols
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
- %
- \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
-}% end of \unicodechardefs
-
-% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
-% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
-\def\utfeightchardefs{%
- \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
- \unicodechardefs
-}
-
-% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
-% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to
-% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
-% printing the correct glyphs.
-\newif\ifpassthroughchars
-\passthroughcharsfalse
-
-% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
-% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character
-%
-\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
- \catcode"#1=\active
- \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
- \begingroup
- \uccode`\~="##2\relax
- \uppercase{\gdef~}{%
- \ifpassthroughchars
- ##1%
- \else
- ##3%
- \fi
- }
- \endgroup
- }
- \begingroup
- \uccode`\.="#1\relax
- \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
- \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition.
-% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters.
-\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
- \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
- \unicodechardefs
-}
-
-% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
-% make the character token expand
-% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
-\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
- \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
- \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
-}
-
-% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX).
-\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
- \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
- \unicodechardefs
-}
-
-% US-ASCII character definitions.
-\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
- \relax
-}
-
-% Define all Unicode characters we know about. This makes UTF-8 the default
-% input encoding and allows @U to work.
-\iftxinativeunicodecapable
- \nativeunicodechardefsatu
-\else
- \utfeightchardefs
-\fi
-
-\message{formatting,}
-
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness = 10000
-
-% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 6666
-
-% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
-%
-\def\setemergencystretch{%
- \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
- % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
- \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
- \else
- \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
- \fi
-}
-
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
-% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
-% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
-%
-% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
-% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
- \voffset = #3\relax
- \topskip = #6\relax
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- %
- \vsize = #1\relax
- \advance\vsize by \topskip
- \outervsize = \vsize
- \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
- \txipageheight = \vsize
- %
- \hsize = #2\relax
- \outerhsize = \hsize
- \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \txipagewidth = \hsize
- %
- \normaloffset = #4\relax
- \bindingoffset = #5\relax
- %
- \ifpdf
- \pdfpageheight #7\relax
- \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
- % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
- % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
- \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
- \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
- \else
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \special{papersize=#8,#7}%
- \else
- \pdfpageheight #7\relax
- \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
- % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- \setleading{\textleading}
- %
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
- \setemergencystretch
-}
-
-% @letterpaper (the default).
-\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \textleading = 13.2pt
- %
- % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
- \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
- {\voffset}{.25in}%
- {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
- {11in}{8.5in}%
-}}
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
-\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
- \textleading = 12pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
- {-.2in}{0in}%
- {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
- {9.25in}{7in}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
- \tolerance = 700
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = .5cm
-}}
-
-% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
-% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
-\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
- \textleading = 12pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
- {-.2in}{-.4in}%
- {0pt}{14pt}%
- {9in}{6in}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
- \tolerance = 700
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = .4cm
-}}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \textleading = 13.2pt
- %
- % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
- % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
- % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
- % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
- % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
- % your texinfo source file like this:
- % @tex
- % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
- % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
- % @end tex
- \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- %
- \tolerance = 700
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = 5mm
-}}
-
-% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
-% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
-% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
-\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
- \textleading = 12.5pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
- {210mm}{148mm}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
- \tolerance = 800
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = 2mm
- \tableindent = 12mm
-}}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
- {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- %
- % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
-\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
- {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-\def\bsixpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{140mm}{100mm}%
- {-6.35mm}{-12.7mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{14pt}%
- {176mm}{125mm}%
- \let\SETdispenvsize=\smallword
- \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-
-% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
-% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
-% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
-\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
-\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
- \globaldefs = 1
- %
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \setleading{\textleading}%
- %
- \dimen0 = #1\relax
- \advance\dimen0 by 2.5in % default 1in margin above heading line
- % and 1.5in to include heading, footing and
- % bottom margin
- %
- \dimen2 = \hsize
- \advance\dimen2 by 2in % default to 1 inch margin on each side
- %
- \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
- {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
-}}
-
-% Set default to letter.
-%
-\letterpaper
-
-% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes.
-\hfuzz = 1pt
-
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
-
-% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
-\catcode`\^^? = 14
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
-\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
-\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
-\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
-\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
-\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
-\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
-% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
-% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
-% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
-% this is not a problem.
-\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
-
-% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-%
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
-\chardef\hatchar=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
-\let\realunder=_
-
-\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
-
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
-\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
-\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
-
-
-% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
-% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
-\def\texinfochars{%
- \let< = \activeless
- \let> = \activegtr
- \let~ = \activetilde
- \let^ = \activehat
- \setregularquotes
- \let\b = \strong
- \let\i = \smartitalic
- % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
-}
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
-% parsing them.
-\def\turnoffactive{%
- \normalturnoffactive
- \otherbackslash
-}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
-% as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
-
-% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
-% in fixed width font.
-\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on.
-
-% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use
-% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
-% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
-% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
-% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
-% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
-% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the
-% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
-
-@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
-@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
-
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
-@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'.
-%
-{@catcode`- = @active
- @gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
- @passthroughcharstrue
- @let-=@normaldash
- @let"=@normaldoublequote
- @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
- @let+=@normalplus
- @let<=@normalless
- @let>=@normalgreater
- @let^=@normalcaret
- @let_=@normalunderscore
- @let|=@normalverticalbar
- @let~=@normaltilde
- @let\=@ttbackslash
- @setregularquotes
- @unsepspaces
- }
-}
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on.
-@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other
-
-% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo'
-%
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after
-% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error.
-% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex.
-% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden.
-{
-@catcode`@^=7
-@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{%
- @global@let\ = @eatinput%
- @catcode`@^^M=13%
- @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}%
- % Definition for the newline at the end of this file.
- @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}%
- % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file.
- @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}%
- % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it
- @let@originalparsearg@parsearg
- @def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg}
-}}
-
-{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}}
-
-% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
-% appears by mistake.
-{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13%
-@gdef@enableemergencynewline{%
- @gdef^^M{%
- @par%
- %<warning: active newline>@par%
-}}}
-
-
-@gdef@fixbackslash{%
- @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi
- @catcode13=5 % regular end of line
- @enableemergencynewline
- @let@c=@comment
- @let@parsearg@originalparsearg
- % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
- % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
- @catcode`+=@active
- @catcode`@_=@active
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets
- % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf
- % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format
- % file for Texinfo.
- %
- @openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi
- @closein 1
-}
-
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-@escapechar = `@@
-
-% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need
-% active definitions as the normal characters.
-@def@normaldot{.}
-@def@normalquest{?}
-@def@normalslash{/}
-
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
-@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
-@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
-@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
-
-@let @hashchar = @normalhash
-
-@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
-@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we
-@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
-@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
-@catcode`@'=@active
-@catcode`@`=@active
-@setregularquotes
-
-@c Local variables:
-@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page"
-@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-@c time-stamp-end: "}"
-@c End:
-
-@c vim:sw=2:
-
-@enablebackslashhack
-
+++ /dev/null
-% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
-% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-%
-\def\texinfoversion{2021-04-25.21}
-%
-% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
-% License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-% General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
-% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
-% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
-% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
-%
-% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
-% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
-% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
-% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
-% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
-% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a
-% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
-% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
-%
-% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
-% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
-% tex foo.texi
-% texindex foo.??
-% tex foo.texi
-% tex foo.texi
-% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
-% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
-% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
-%
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
-% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
-% full Texinfo distribution.
-%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
-
-
-\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
- \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for
-% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
-\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
-
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
-\let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-\let\ptexgtr=>
-\let\ptexhat=^
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexinsert=\insert
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexless=<
-\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
-\let\ptexplus=+
-\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexslash=\/
-\let\ptexsp=\sp
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptexsup=\sup
-\let\ptext=\t
-\let\ptextop=\top
-{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
- \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
- \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
-\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-
-% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
-
-% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character.
-\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax}
-
-\chardef\dashChar = `\-
-\chardef\slashChar = `\/
-\chardef\underChar = `\_
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-% The following is used inside several \edef's.
-\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{
- Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
- ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
- data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
- man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
- par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
- spell-ing spell-ings
- stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
- wide-spread wrap-around
-}
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
-% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
-% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{%
- \tracingstats2
- \tracingpages1
- \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
- \tracingparagraphs1
- \tracingoutput1
- \tracingmacros2
- \tracingrestores1
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
- \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
- \tracingscantokens1
- \tracingifs1
- \tracinggroups1
- \tracingnesting2
- \tracingassigns1
- \fi
- \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
- \errorcontextlines16
-}%
-
-% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
-% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
-% after all.
-%
-\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
-\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
-
-% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
-% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
-%
-\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
-\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
-\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-
-%\f Output routine
-%
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
-
-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-
-% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
-% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
-% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
-%
-% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
-% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
-%
-% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
-% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
-% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
-
-% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
-% mark before the section break, and one after.
-% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs,
-% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs.
-% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
-% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
-% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
-% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
-%
-% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
-\def\domark{%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}%
- \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}%
- \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
- \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
- \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}%
- \mark{%
- \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
- \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
- \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks
- }%
-}
-
-% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
-% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
-%
-% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
-% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
-% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
-% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
-% first @chapter.
-\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
- \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi
- \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
-}
-\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
-\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi}
-
-% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
-\def\currentchapterdefs{}
-\def\currentsectiondefs{}
-\def\currentsection{}
-\def\prevchapterdefs{}
-\def\prevsectiondefs{}
-\def\currentcolordefs{}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
-
-% Main output routine.
-%
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\newtoks\defaultoutput
-\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox
-\newbox\footlinebox
-
-% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine
-% is run several times, which hides the original value of \topmark. This
-% can lead to a page heading being output and duplicating the chapter heading
-% of the index. Hence, save the contents of \topmark at the beginning of
-% the output routine. The saved contents are valid until we actually
-% \shipout a page.
-%
-% (We used to run a short output routine to actually set \topmark and
-% \firstmark to the right values, but if this was called with an empty page
-% containing whatsits for writing index entries, the whatsits would be thrown
-% away and the index auxiliary file would remain empty.)
-%
-\newtoks\savedtopmark
-\newif\iftopmarksaved
-\topmarksavedtrue
-\def\savetopmark{%
- \iftopmarksaved\else
- \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}%
- \global\topmarksavedtrue
- \fi
-}
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
-% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer
-% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written
-% to the auxiliary files.
-%
-\def\onepageout#1{%
- \hoffset=\normaloffset
- %
- \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
- \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
- %
- \checkchapterpage
- %
- % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page,
- % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the
- % values in \headline and \footline.
- %
- % Common context changes for both heading and footing.
- % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
- % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
- \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
- %
- \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
- \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
- \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
- \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}%
- %
- {%
- % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
- % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
- % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
- % before the \shipout runs.
- %
- \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
- \turnoffactive
- \shipout\vbox{%
- % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
- \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
- %
- \unvbox\headlinebox
- \pagebody{#1}%
- \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
- % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
- % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
- % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
- \vskip 24pt
- \unvbox\footlinebox
- \fi
- %
- }%
- }%
- \global\topmarksavedfalse
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-% Main part of page, including any footnotes
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
- \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-% Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings.
-\newif\ifchapterpage
-\def\checkchapterpage{%
- % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page
- \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi
- \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
- %
- \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
- \let\curchaptername\thischaptername
- %
- \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
- \chapterpagefalse
- \else
- \chapterpagetrue
- \fi
-}
-
-% Argument parsing
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
-%
-\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
-\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
- \def\argtorun{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \obeylines
- \spaceisspace
- #1%
- \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
-}
-
-{\obeylines %
- \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
- \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
- \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
- }%
-}
-
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to
-% \argcheckspaces.
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
-
-% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
-%
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
-% @end itemize @c foo
-% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
-% by \finishparsearg.
-%
-\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
- \def\temp{#3}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
- \let\temp\finishparsearg
- \else
- \let\temp\argcheckspaces
- \fi
- % Put the space token in:
- \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
-}
-
-% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
-% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
-% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
-% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
-% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
-% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
-%
-% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
-%
-\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
-
-
-% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
-%
-% \parseargdef\foo{...}
-% is roughly equivalent to
-% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
-% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-\def\parseargdef#1{%
- \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
-}
-\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
- \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
- \def#1##1%
-}
-
-% Several utility definitions with active space:
-{
- \obeyspaces
- \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
-
- % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
- % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
- % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
- % should produce a line of output anyway.
- %
- \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
-
- % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
- % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
- % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
- \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
-}
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
-%
-% \envdef\foo{...}
-% \def\Efoo{...}
-%
-% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
-% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
-% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
-% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
-% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
-%
-% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
-% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The
-% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
-% special case.)
-
-
-% At run-time, environments start with this:
-\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
-% initialize
-\let\thisenv\empty
-
-% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
-\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-
-% Check whether we're in the right environment:
-\def\checkenv#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \else
- \badenverr
- \fi
-}
-
-% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
-\def\badenverr{%
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
- not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-}
-\def\inenvironment#1{%
- \ifx#1\empty
- outside of any environment%
- \else
- in environment \expandafter\string#1%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-% @end foo calls \checkenv and executes the definition of \Efoo.
-\parseargdef\end{%
- \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
- \else
- % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
- \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
- \csname E#1\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @/ allows a line break.
-\let\/=\allowbreak
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
-%
-\def\onword{on}
-\def\offword{off}
-%
-\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
- \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
-% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
-% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
-% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
-% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
-% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
-%
-\newbox\groupbox
-\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
-%
-\envdef\group{%
- \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
- \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
- \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
- \fi
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
- % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
- % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
- % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
- % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
- % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
- % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
- \comment
-}
-%
-% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
-% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
-% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-% above. But it's pretty close.
-\def\Egroup{%
- % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
- % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
- \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
- \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
- \egroup % End the \vtop.
- \addgroupbox
- \prevdepth = \dimen1
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-\def\addgroupbox{
- % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
- \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
- % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
- \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
- % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
- % group, force a page break.
- \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
- \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
- \page
- \fi
- \fi
- \box\groupbox
-}
-
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
-
-\parseargdef\need{%
- % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
- % paragraph.
- \par
- %
- % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
- \dimen0 = #1\mil
- \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
- \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
- \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
- %
- % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
- % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
- % And a page break here is fine.
- \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
- %
- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
- %
- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
- \penalty9999
- %
- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
- \kern -#1\mil
- %
- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
- \nobreak
- \fi
-}
-
-% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page.
-%
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
- \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
-% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual.
-%
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-%
-\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
- \nobreak
- \kern-\strutdepth
- \vtop to \strutdepth{%
- \baselineskip=\strutdepth
- \vss
- % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
- % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
- \ifx#1l%
- \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
- \else
- \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
- \fi
- \null
- }%
-}}
-\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
-\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-%
-% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
-% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
-% else use TEXT for both).
-%
-\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
-\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
- \def\righttext{#2}%
- \else
- \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
- \def\righttext{#1}%
- \fi
- %
- \ifodd\pageno
- \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
- \else
- \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
- \fi
- \temp
-}
-
-% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
-%
-\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
-\def\includezzz#1{%
- \pushthisfilestack
- \def\thisfile{#1}%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
- \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
- \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
- \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
- %
- % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
- % definitions, etc.
- \expandafter
- }\temp
- \popthisfilestack
-}
-\def\filenamecatcodes{%
- \catcode`\\=\other
- \catcode`~=\other
- \catcode`^=\other
- \catcode`_=\other
- \catcode`|=\other
- \catcode`<=\other
- \catcode`>=\other
- \catcode`+=\other
- \catcode`-=\other
- \catcode`\`=\other
- \catcode`\'=\other
-}
-
-\def\pushthisfilestack{%
- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
- \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
-}
-
-\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
-\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
- the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-%
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line
-% outputs that line, centered.
-%
-\parseargdef\center{%
- \ifhmode
- \let\centersub\centerH
- \else
- \let\centersub\centerV
- \fi
- \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
- \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case
-}
-\def\centerH#1{{%
- \hfil\break
- \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \line{#1}%
- \break
-}}
-%
-\newcount\centerpenalty
-\def\centerV#1{%
- % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if
- % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe
- % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still
- % prevent a page break here.
- \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty
- \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
- \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi
- \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}%
-}
-
-% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
-%
-\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-
-
-\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\cxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-%
-\let\comment\c
-
-% @paragraphindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
-% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-%
-\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
-\def\noneword{none}
-%
-\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\asisword
- \else
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \defaultparindent = 0pt
- \else
- \defaultparindent = #1em
- \fi
- \fi
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
-}
-
-% @exampleindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
-% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
-% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\asisword
- \else
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \lispnarrowing = 0pt
- \else
- \lispnarrowing = #1em
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-
-% @firstparagraphindent WORD
-% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
-% paragraphs.
-%
-% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
-% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
-% By default, we suppress indentation.
-%
-\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\def\insertword{insert}
-%
-\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
- \else\ifx\temp\insertword
- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
-% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
-%
-% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
-% paragraph.
-%
-\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
- \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
- \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
- \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
-}
-%
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
- \global\let\indent = \ptexindent
- \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
- \global\everypar = {}%
-}
-
-% leave vertical mode without cancelling any first paragraph indent
-\gdef\imageindent{%
- \toks0=\everypar
- \everypar={}%
- \ptexnoindent
- \global\everypar=\toks0
-}
-
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
-\let\setfilename=\comment
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-
-\message{pdf,}
-% adobe `portable' document format
-\newcount\tempnum
-\newcount\lnkcount
-\newtoks\filename
-\newcount\filenamelength
-\newcount\pgn
-\newtoks\toksA
-\newtoks\toksB
-\newtoks\toksC
-\newtoks\toksD
-\newbox\boxA
-\newbox\boxB
-\newcount\countA
-\newif\ifpdf
-\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-
-%
-% For LuaTeX
-%
-
-\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
-\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc.
-
-\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
-\else
- % Use Unicode destination names
- \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
- % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\%=12
- \directlua{
- function UTF16oct(str)
- tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
- for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
- if c < 0x10000 then
- tex.sprint(
- string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
- string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
- math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256)))
- else
- c = c - 0x10000
- local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
- local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
- tex.sprint(
- string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
- string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
- string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
- string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
- math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256),
- math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256)))
- end
- end
- end
- }
- \endgroup
- \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
- % Escape PDF strings without converting
- \begingroup
- \directlua{
- function PDFescstr(str)
- for c in string.bytes(str) do
- if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then
- tex.sprint(-2,
- string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
- c))
- else
- tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c))
- end
- end
- end
- }
- % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12
- % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See
- % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html
- %
- \endgroup
- \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
- \ifnum\luatexversion>84
- % For LuaTeX >= 0.85
- \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
- \let\pdfoutput\outputmode
- \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
- \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
- \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
- \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
- \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
- \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
- \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
- \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
- \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
- \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
- \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
- \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
- \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
- \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
- \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
- \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
- \fi
-\fi
-
-% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
-% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
-\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
-\else
- \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
- \else
- \ifcase\pdfoutput
- \else
- \pdftrue
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
-
-\newif\ifpdforxetex
-\pdforxetexfalse
-\ifpdf
- \pdforxetextrue
-\fi
-\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else
- \pdforxetextrue
-\fi
-
-
-% Output page labels information.
-% See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1.
-\ifpdf
-\def\pagelabels{%
- \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}%
- \edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}%
- \edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}%
- %
- % Page label ranges must be increasing. Remove any duplicates.
- % (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is
- % a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.)
- %
- \ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi
- \ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}%
- \else
- \ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi
- \fi
- %
- \ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount
- \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax
- \else
- \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax
- \fi
-}
-\else
- \let\pagelabels\relax
-\fi
-
-\newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0
-\newcount\romancount \romancount=0
-\newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0
-\ifpdf
- \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno
- \def\advancepageno{%
- \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1
- }
-\fi
-
-
-% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
-% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
-% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
-% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
-%
-% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
-% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
-% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
-% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
-% do this reliably, so we use it.
-
-% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
-% which we \xdef.
-\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
- \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
- % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
- % Many times it won't matter.
- \xdef#1{#1}%
- \else
- % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
- % backslashes, and other special chars.
- \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{%
- \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined
- % No UTF-16 converting macro available.
- \txiescapepdf{#1}%
- \else
- \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
-with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
-be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
-output) for that.)}
-
-\ifpdf
- %
- % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
- % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
- % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
- % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
- % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use
- % black by default, though.
- \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
- \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
- %
- % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
- % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
- \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}}
- %
- % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
- % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
- \def\setcolor#1{%
- \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
- \domark
- \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
- }
- %
- \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
- \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
- \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
- \def\currentcolordefs{}
- %
- \def\makefootline{%
- \baselineskip24pt
- \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
- }
- %
- \def\makeheadline{%
- \vbox to 0pt{%
- \vskip-22.5pt
- \line{%
- \vbox to8.5pt{}%
- % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
- \getcolormarks
- % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
- \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
- }%
- \vss
- }%
- \nointerlineskip
- }
- %
- %
- \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
- %
- % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
- \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
- \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- %
- % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
- % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
- % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
- % bitmap.
- \let\pdfimgext=\empty
- \begingroup
- \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
- \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
- \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
- %
- % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
- % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \immediate\pdfimage
- \else
- \immediate\pdfximage
- \fi
- \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi
- \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi
- \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
- #1.\pdfimgext
- \else
- {#1.\pdfimgext}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
- \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
- \fi}
- %
- \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
- % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
- % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
- \indexnofonts
- \makevalueexpandable
- \turnoffactive
- \iftxiuseunicodedestname
- \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
- % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
- % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode.
- \else
- \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- % Pass through Unicode characters.
- \else
- % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
- \passthroughcharsfalse
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
- \passthroughcharsfalse
- \fi
- \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
- \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
- }}
- %
- \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
- \indexnofonts
- \makevalueexpandable
- \turnoffactive
- \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
- % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
- % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
- % the "PDFDocEncoding".
- \passthroughcharstrue
- % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
- % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode
- % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
- \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \else
- \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
- % For pdfTeX with UTF-8.
- % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings,
- % but the code for this isn't done yet.
- % Use ASCII approximations.
- \passthroughcharsfalse
- \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \else
- % For LuaTeX with UTF-8.
- % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts.
- \passthroughcharstrue
- \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \fi
- \else
- % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings.
- % Use ASCII approximations.
- \passthroughcharsfalse
- \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \fi
- \fi
- % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16
- % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
- \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext
- }}
- %
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
- \setpdfdestname{#1}%
- \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
- }
- %
- % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
- \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
- %
- % by default, use black for everything.
- \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
- \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
- \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
- %
- % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
- % come from Petr Olsak
- \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
- \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
- \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
- \advance\tempnum by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
- %
- % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
- % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
- % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
- % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
- % #4 is the page number
- %
- \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
- % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
- % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
- % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
- % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
- \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
- \setpdfdestname{#3}
- \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
- \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
- \fi
- %
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
- }
- %
- \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
- \begingroup
- % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
- \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \def\thischapnum{##2}%
- \def\thissecnum{0}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- }%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
- \def\thissecnum{##2}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- }%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
- }%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
- }%
- \def\thischapnum{0}%
- \def\thissecnum{0}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- %
- % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
- % al. a second time, below.
- \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
- \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
- \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
- \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
- \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
- \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
- \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \readdatafile{toc}%
- %
- % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
- % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
- % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
- %
- % We use the node names as the destinations.
- %
- % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
- % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
- % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
- %
- % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
- % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
- % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
- % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
- % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
- %
- % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
- % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too
- % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents
- % we use for the index sort strings.
- %
- \indexnofonts
- \setupdatafile
- % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
- % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
- \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
- \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
- \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
- \input \tocreadfilename
- \endgroup
- }
- {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
- \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
- \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
- \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
- ]
- %
- \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
- \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
- \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
- \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
- \advance\filenamelength by 1
- \fi
- \nextsp}
- \def\getfilename#1{%
- \filenamelength=0
- % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
- % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
- \edef\temp{#1}%
- \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
- }
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
- \else
- \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
- \fi
- % make a live url in pdf output.
- \def\pdfurl#1{%
- \begingroup
- % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
- % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
- % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
- % people have actually reported a problem with.
- %
- \normalturnoffactive
- \def\@{@}%
- \let\/=\empty
- \makevalueexpandable
- % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
- % special-casing \var here?
- \def\var##1{##1}%
- %
- \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
- \endgroup}
- % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may
- % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index
- % entry.
- \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
- \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
- \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
- \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
- \def\maketoks{%
- \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
- \ifx\first0\adn0
- \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
- \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
- \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
- \else
- \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
- \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
- \let\next=\maketoks
- \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
- \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \next}
- \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
- {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
- \def\pdflink#1{%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
- \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
- \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\else
- % non-pdf mode
- \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
- \let\pdfurl = \gobble
- \let\endlink = \relax
- \let\setcolor = \gobble
- \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
- \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-%
-% For XeTeX
-%
-\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
-\else
- %
- % XeTeX version check
- %
- \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1
- % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307.
- % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941).
- % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special
- % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
- \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010}
- % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
- % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF.
- \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
- \else
- % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the
- % `dvipdfmx:config' special.
- % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement,
- % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary.
- %
- % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF
- % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue.
- % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
- \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
- \fi
- %
- % Color support
- %
- \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
- \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
- %
- \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}}
- %
- % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
- % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
- \def\setcolor#1{%
- \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
- \domark
- \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
- }
- %
- \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
- \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
- \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
- \def\currentcolordefs{}
- %
- \def\makefootline{%
- \baselineskip24pt
- \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
- }
- %
- \def\makeheadline{%
- \vbox to 0pt{%
- \vskip-22.5pt
- \line{%
- \vbox to8.5pt{}%
- % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
- \getcolormarks
- % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
- \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
- }%
- \vss
- }%
- \nointerlineskip
- }
- %
- % PDF outline support
- %
- % Emulate pdfTeX primitive
- \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
- \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}%
- }
- %
- \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
- % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
- % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
- \indexnofonts
- \makevalueexpandable
- \turnoffactive
- \iftxiuseunicodedestname
- % Pass through Unicode characters.
- \else
- % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
- \passthroughcharsfalse
- \fi
- \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
- \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
- }}
- %
- \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
- \turnoffactive
- % Always use Unicode characters in title texts.
- \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16.
- % So we do not convert.
- \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
- }}
- %
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
- \setpdfdestname{#1}%
- \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
- }
- %
- % by default, use black for everything.
- \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
- \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
- \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
- %
- \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
- \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
- \setpdfdestname{#3}
- \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
- \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
- \fi
- %
- \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
- << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }%
- }
- %
- \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
- \begingroup
- %
- % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary.
- % Therefore, we read toc only once.
- %
- % We use node names as destinations.
- %
- % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
- % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
- % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
- \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
- %
- \let\appentry\numchapentry%
- \let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
- \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
- \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
- \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
- \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
- \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
- \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
- %
- % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
- % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
- %
- \indexnofonts
- \setupdatafile
- % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
- % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
- \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
- \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
- \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
- \input \tocreadfilename
- \endgroup
- }
- {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
- \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
- \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
- \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
- ]
-
- \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
- % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
- % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
- % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
- % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings.
- % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
-%
- \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
- \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
- \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
- \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
- \advance\filenamelength by 1
- \fi
- \nextsp}
- \def\getfilename#1{%
- \filenamelength=0
- % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
- % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
- \edef\temp{#1}%
- \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
- }
- % make a live url in pdf output.
- \def\pdfurl#1{%
- \begingroup
- % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
- % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
- % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
- % people have actually reported a problem with.
- %
- \normalturnoffactive
- \def\@{@}%
- \let\/=\empty
- \makevalueexpandable
- % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
- % special-casing \var here?
- \def\var##1{##1}%
- %
- \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
- \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
- /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
- \endgroup}
- \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
- \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
- \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
- \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
- \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
- \def\maketoks{%
- \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
- \ifx\first0\adn0
- \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
- \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
- \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
- \else
- \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
- \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
- \let\next=\maketoks
- \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
- \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \next}
- \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
- {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
- \def\pdflink#1{%
- \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
- /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}%
- \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
- \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-%
- %
- % @image support
- %
- % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
- \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
- \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- %
- % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
- % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
- % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
- % bitmap.
- \let\xeteximgext=\empty
- \begingroup
- \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
- \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
- \fi
- \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
- %
- % Putting an \hbox around the image can prevent an over-long line
- % after the image.
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
- \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
- \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
- \else
- \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
- \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
- \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
- \else
- \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
- \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
- \egroup
- }
-\fi
-
-
-%
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
-\def\baselinefactor{1}
-%
-\newdimen\textleading
-\def\setleading#1{%
- \dimen0 = #1\relax
- \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
- \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselines
- \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
- \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
- depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
- }%
-}
-
-% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
-%
-% do nothing with this by default.
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
-\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
-
-% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
-% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
-% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
-\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
- \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-8 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<23> <26> <0023>
-<28> <3B> <0028>
-<3F> <5B> <003F>
-<5D> <5E> <005D>
-<61> <7A> <0061>
-<7B> <7C> <2013>
-endbfrange
-40 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <00660066>
-<0C> <00660069>
-<0D> <0066006C>
-<0E> <006600660069>
-<0F> <00660066006C>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<21> <0021>
-<22> <201D>
-<27> <2019>
-<3C> <00A1>
-<3D> <003D>
-<3E> <00BF>
-<5C> <201C>
-<5F> <02D9>
-<60> <2018>
-<7D> <02DD>
-<7E> <007E>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
- }\endgroup
- \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
- \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
- }%
-%
-% \cmapOT1IT
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
- \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1IT)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-8 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<25> <26> <0025>
-<28> <3B> <0028>
-<3F> <5B> <003F>
-<5D> <5E> <005D>
-<61> <7A> <0061>
-<7B> <7C> <2013>
-endbfrange
-42 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <00660066>
-<0C> <00660069>
-<0D> <0066006C>
-<0E> <006600660069>
-<0F> <00660066006C>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<21> <0021>
-<22> <201D>
-<23> <0023>
-<24> <00A3>
-<27> <2019>
-<3C> <00A1>
-<3D> <003D>
-<3E> <00BF>
-<5C> <201C>
-<5F> <02D9>
-<60> <2018>
-<7D> <02DD>
-<7E> <007E>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
- }\endgroup
- \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
- \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
- }%
-%
-% \cmapOT1TT
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
- \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
-%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
-%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
-%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
-%%Version: 1.000
-%%EndComments
-/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
-12 dict begin
-begincmap
-/CIDSystemInfo
-<< /Registry (TeX)
-/Ordering (OT1TT)
-/Supplement 0
->> def
-/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
-/CMapType 2 def
-1 begincodespacerange
-<00> <7F>
-endcodespacerange
-5 beginbfrange
-<00> <01> <0393>
-<09> <0A> <03A8>
-<21> <26> <0021>
-<28> <5F> <0028>
-<61> <7E> <0061>
-endbfrange
-32 beginbfchar
-<02> <0398>
-<03> <039B>
-<04> <039E>
-<05> <03A0>
-<06> <03A3>
-<07> <03D2>
-<08> <03A6>
-<0B> <2191>
-<0C> <2193>
-<0D> <0027>
-<0E> <00A1>
-<0F> <00BF>
-<10> <0131>
-<11> <0237>
-<12> <0060>
-<13> <00B4>
-<14> <02C7>
-<15> <02D8>
-<16> <00AF>
-<17> <02DA>
-<18> <00B8>
-<19> <00DF>
-<1A> <00E6>
-<1B> <0153>
-<1C> <00F8>
-<1D> <00C6>
-<1E> <0152>
-<1F> <00D8>
-<20> <2423>
-<27> <2019>
-<60> <2018>
-<7F> <00A8>
-endbfchar
-endcmap
-CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
-end
-end
-%%EndResource
-%%EOF
- }\endgroup
- \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
- \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
- }%
-\fi\fi
-
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2.
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
-% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit).
-% Example:
-% #1 = \textrm
-% #2 = \rmshape
-% #3 = 10
-% #4 = \mainmagstep
-% #5 = OT1
-%
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
- \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
- \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
-}
-% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
-\let\cmap\gobble
-%
-% (end of cmaps)
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.)
-%
-\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
-% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
-\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\def\textecsize{1095}
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
-\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\smallecsize{0900}
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-\def\smallerecsize{0800}
-
-% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
-\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
-\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
-\font\seveni=cmmi7
-\font\sevensy=cmsy7
-\def\sevenecsize{0700}
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\titleecsize{2074}
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-\def\chapecsize{1728}
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\def\sececsize{1440}
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-\def\ssececsize{1200}
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi10
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
-\def\reducedecsize{1000}
-
-\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
-\textfonts % reset the current fonts
-\rm
-} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi
-
-
-% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
-% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
-% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
-% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
-%
-\def\definetextfontsizex{%
-% Text fonts (10pt).
-\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\def\textecsize{1000}
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
-\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\smallecsize{0900}
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-\def\smallerecsize{0800}
-
-% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
-\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
-\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
-\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
-\font\seveni=cmmi7
-\font\sevensy=cmsy7
-\def\sevenecsize{0700}
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\titleecsize{2074}
-
-% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\let\chapbf\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-\def\chapecsize{1440}
-
-% Section fonts (12pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-\def\sececsize{1200}
-
-% Subsection fonts (10pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi10
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
-\def\ssececsize{1000}
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi9
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
-\def\reducedecsize{0900}
-
-\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs
-\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM
-\textfonts % reset the current fonts
-\rm
-} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
-
-
-% We provide the user-level command
-% @fonttextsize 10
-% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
-%
-\def\xiword{11}
-\def\xword{10}
-\def\xwordpt{10pt}
-%
-\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
- \def\textsizearg{#1}%
- %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
- %
- % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
- % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
- %
- \begingroup \globaldefs=1
- \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
- \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
- \else
- \errhelp=\EMsimple
- \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
- \fi\fi
- \endgroup
-}
-
-%
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
- \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
- \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font
-}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}\def\ttstylename{tt}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.
-% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont
- \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont
- \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont
- %
- % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless
- % of the current font size.
- \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy
- \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl
- \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt
- \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf
-}
-
-%
-
-% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings
-% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs
-% to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm)
-% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font.
-%
-% The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics
-% in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only.
-%
-% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used
-% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
-%
-% This all needs generalizing, badly.
-%
-
-\def\assignfonts#1{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname
-}
-
-\newif\ifrmisbold
-
-% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size
-% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for
-% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size.
-\def\switchtolllsize{%
- \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}%
- \ifrmisbold
- \let\rmfont\bffont
- \fi
- \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
-}%
-
-\def\switchtolsize{%
- \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}%
- \ifrmisbold
- \let\rmfont\bffont
- \fi
- \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
-}%
-
-\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{%
-\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{%
- \def\curfontsize{#1}%
- \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}%
- \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname
- \assignfonts{#1}%
- \resetmathfonts
- \setleading{#4}%
-}}
-
-\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false}
-\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true}
-\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true}
-\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true}
-\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true}
-\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
-\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
-\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false}
-
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
-\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts
-
-% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
-
-% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
-\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
-
-% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
-% can fit this many characters:
-% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
-% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
-% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
-% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
-% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
-%
-% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
-% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
-% --karl, 24jan03.
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\definetextfontsizexi
-
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-{
-\catcode`\'=\active
-\catcode`\`=\active
-
-\gdef\setcodequotes{\let`\codequoteleft \let'\codequoteright}
-\gdef\setregularquotes{\let`\lq \let'\rq}
-}
-
-% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe
-% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d).
-% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it
-% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the
-% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
-%
-\def\codequoteright{%
- \ifmonospace
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
- '%
- \else \char'15 \fi
- \else \char'15 \fi
- \else
- '%
- \fi
-}
-%
-% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
-% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
-% the code environments to do likewise.
-%
-\def\codequoteleft{%
- \ifmonospace
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
- % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
- % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
- \relax`%
- \else \char'22 \fi
- \else \char'22 \fi
- \else
- \relax`%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Commands to set the quote options.
-%
-\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
- = t%
- \else\ifx\temp\offword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
- = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-%
-\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
- = t%
- \else\ifx\temp\offword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
- = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
-\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Font commands.
-
-% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
-% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
-% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
-\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
- \ifusingtt
- {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
- {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}%
- \next
-}
-\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
-\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
-
-% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following
-% character) is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitaliccorrection{%
- \ifx\next,%
- \else\ifx\next-%
- \else\ifx\next.%
- \else\ifx\next\.%
- \else\ifx\next\comma%
- \else\ptexslash
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \aftersmartic
-}
-
-% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}}
-
-% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
-% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}
-
-\def\aftersmartic{}
-\def\var#1{%
- \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
- \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
- \smartslanted{#1}%
-}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\slanted=\smartslanted
-\let\dfn=\smartslanted
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
-
-% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong.
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% @sansserif, explicit sans.
-\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
-% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
-%
-\catcode`@=11
- \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
- \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
- \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
- \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
- }
- \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
- \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
- \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
- \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
- }
-\catcode`@=\other
-\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
-
-% @t, explicit typewriter.
-\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
- \null
-}
-
-% @samp.
-\def\samp#1{{\setcodequotes\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
-
-% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes.
-\let\indicateurl=\samp
-
-% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same
-% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc.
-% This is a subroutine for that.
-\def\tclose#1{%
- {%
- % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
- \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
- %
- % Switch to typewriter.
- \tt
- %
- % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
- \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
- %
- % Turn off hyphenation.
- \nohyphenation
- %
- \plainfrenchspacing
- #1%
- }%
- \null % reset spacefactor to 1000
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
-% (But see \codedashfinish below.)
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-%
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms.
-{
- \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
- \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
- \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions
- %
- \global\def\code{\begingroup
- \setcodequotes
- \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active
- \ifallowcodebreaks
- \let-\codedash
- \let_\codeunder
- \else
- \let-\normaldash
- \let_\realunder
- \fi
- % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break
- % after the hyphen.
- \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash
- %
- \codex
- }
- %
- \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish}
- \gdef\codedashfinish{%
- \normaldash % always output the dash character itself.
- %
- % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless
- % (a) the next character is a -, or
- % (b) the preceding character is a -.
- % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -.
- % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b.
- \ifx\next\codedash \else
- \ifx\codedashprev\codedash
- \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi
- \fi
- % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a
- % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}.
- \global\let\codedashprev= \next
- }
-}
-\def\normaldash{-}
-%
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-\def\codeunder{%
- % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
- % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
- % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
- % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
- \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
- \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
- \else\normalunderscore \fi
- \discretionary{}{}{}}%
- {\_}%
-}
-
-% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
-% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad.
-% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at -
-% and _ on and off.
-%
-\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
-
-\def\keywordtrue{true}
-\def\keywordfalse{false}
-
-\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
- \def\txiarg{#1}%
- \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
- \allowcodebreakstrue
- \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
- \allowcodebreaksfalse
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary,
-% so use \code rather than \samp.
-\let\command=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\file=\code
-\let\option=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
-% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
-% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
-% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-
-% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
-% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
-\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
-
-% The default \pretolerance setting stops the penalty inserted in
-% \urefallowbreak being a discouragement to line breaking. Set it to
-% a negative value for this paragraph only. Hopefully this does not
-% conflict with redefinitions of \par done elsewhere.
-\def\nopretolerance{%
-\pretolerance=-1
-\def\par{\endgraf\pretolerance=100 \let\par\endgraf}%
-}
-
-% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
-% places within the url.
-\def\urefbreak{\nopretolerance \begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
-\let\uref=\urefbreak
-%
-\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
-\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \ifpdf
- % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
- \ifurefurlonlylink
- % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
- \unhbox0
- \else
- % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
- % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
- \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
- \else
- % For XeTeX
- \ifurefurlonlylink
- % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
- \unhbox0
- \else
- % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
- % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
- \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
-\def\urefcatcodes{%
- \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
- \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
- \catcode`\/=\active
-}
-{
- \urefcatcodes
- %
- \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
- \setcodequotes
- \urefcatcodes
- \let&\urefcodeamp
- \let.\urefcodedot
- \let#\urefcodehash
- \let?\urefcodequest
- \let/\urefcodeslash
- \codex
- }
- %
- % By default, they are just regular characters.
- \global\def&{\normalamp}
- \global\def.{\normaldot}
- \global\def#{\normalhash}
- \global\def?{\normalquest}
- \global\def/{\normalslash}
-}
-
-\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak}
-\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak}
-\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak}
-\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak}
-\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
-{
- \catcode`\/=\active
- \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
- \urefprebreak \slashChar
- % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
- % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
- \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi
- }
-}
-
-% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to
-% break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at
-% all, for manual control.
-%
-\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
- \def\txiarg{#1}%
- \ifx\txiarg\wordnone
- \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
- \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
- \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak}
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\wordafter{after}
-\def\wordbefore{before}
-\def\wordnone{none}
-
-% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can
-% be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in
-% the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty with extra glue added
-% at the end of the line, or no break at all here.
-% Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how
-% preferable one choice is over the other.
-\def\urefallowbreak{%
- \penalty0\relax
- \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax
- \penalty1000\relax
- \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax
-}
-
-\urefbreakstyle after
-
-% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
-%
-\let\url=\uref
-
-% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
-%
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdforxetex
- \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
- \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
- \endlink
- \endgroup}
-\else
- \let\email=\uref
-\fi
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
- \def\txiarg{#1}%
- \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct'.
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}}
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{%
- \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
- \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
- \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi
- \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi
-}
-
-% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size.
-%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-%\font\keysy=cmsy9
-%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
-% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
-% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
-% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
-% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
-% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-
-% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already
-% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But
-% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt.
-%
-\def\key#1{{\setregularquotes
- \nohyphenation
- \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi
- #1}\null}
-
-% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
-\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
-
-% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
-\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
-\def\click{\arrow}
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
-% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
-% all-uppercase.
-%
-\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
-\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\switchtolsize #1}%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
- \fi
- \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
-}
-
-% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
-% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
-%
-\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
-\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
- \fi
- \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
-}
-
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
- \catcode`\_ = \active
- \gdef\mathunderscore{%
- \catcode`\_=\active
- \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
- }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
-% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
- \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
- \tex
- \mathunderscore
- \let\\ = \mathbackslash
- \mathactive
- % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
- \let\"=\ddot
- \let\'=\acute
- \let\==\bar
- \let\^=\hat
- \let\`=\grave
- \let\u=\breve
- \let\v=\check
- \let\~=\tilde
- \let\dotaccent=\dot
- % have to provide another name for sup operator
- \let\mathopsup=\sup
- $\expandafter\finishmath\fi
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
- \catcode`^ = \active
- \catcode`< = \active
- \catcode`> = \active
- \catcode`+ = \active
- \catcode`' = \active
- \gdef\mathactive{%
- \let^ = \ptexhat
- \let< = \ptexless
- \let> = \ptexgtr
- \let+ = \ptexplus
- \let' = \ptexquoteright
- }
-}
-
-% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
-% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
-% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the
-% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
-% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
-%
-\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
-\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
-%
-\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
-\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
-
-% provide this command from LaTeX as it is very common
-\def\frac#1#2{{{#1}\over{#2}}}
-
-% @displaymath.
-% \globaldefs is needed to recognize the end lines in \tex and
-% \end tex. Set \thisenv as @end displaymath is seen before @end tex.
-{\obeylines
-\globaldefs=1
-\envdef\displaymath{%
-\tex%
-\def\thisenv{\displaymath}%
-\begingroup\let\end\displaymathend%
-$$%
-}
-
-\def\displaymathend{$$\endgroup\end}%
-
-\def\Edisplaymath{%
-\def\thisenv{\tex}%
-\end tex
-}}
-
-
-% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
-% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
-% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
-%
-\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
-%
-\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
- \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
- \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
-}
-%
-% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if
-% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT.
-\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{%
- \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
- \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi
-}
-%
-% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
-% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for
-% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
-% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal
-% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
-% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the
-% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
-%
-\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
-\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
-\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
- \def\inlinerawname{#1}%
- \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
- \endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
-}
-
-% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set.
-%
-\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{%
- \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax
- \else\ignorespaces#2\fi
-}
-
-% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set.
-%
-\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish}
-\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{%
- \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi
-}
-
-
-\message{glyphs,}
-% and logos.
-
-% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
-\def\@{\char64 }
-\let\atchar=\@
-
-% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
-\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}}
-\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}}
-\let\{=\lbracechar
-\let\}=\rbracechar
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \ptexc
-\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \ptext
-\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
- \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
- L\kern-.36em
- {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
- \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
- \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
- % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
- % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
- \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
- \else
- % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
- \switchtolllsize A%
- \fi
- }%
- \vss
- }}%
- \kern-.15em
- \TeX
-}
-
-% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
-% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
-% but safer, and can't hurt.
-\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
-\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
-%
-\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
-\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
-\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
-\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
-% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
-% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
-% whichever is larger.
-%
-\def\dots{%
- \leavevmode
- \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
- \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
- \dimen0 = \wd0
- \else
- \dimen0 = 1.5em
- \fi
- \hbox to \dimen0{%
- \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
- .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
- .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
- .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
- }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
- \dots
- \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
-}
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
-{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
- \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
- \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
- \vbox{%
- \hrule height\dimen2
- \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
- \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
- \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
- \hrule height\dimen2}
- \hfil}
-%
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
-%
-\def\pounds{\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"BF}\else{\it\$}\fi}
-
-% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
-% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
-% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
-% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
-% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
-%
-% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
-% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
-% font height.
-%
-% feymr - regular
-% feymo - slanted
-% feybr - bold
-% feybo - bold slanted
-%
-% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
-% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
-% Hmm.
-%
-% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
-% Hope not.
-%
-%
-\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
-\def\eurofont{%
- % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
- % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
- % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
- % font installed.
- %
- % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
- % that to the current nominal size.
- %
- % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
- % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
- %
- \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
- %
- \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
- % bold:
- \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
- \else
- % regular:
- \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
- \fi
- \thiseurofont
-}
-
-% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because
-% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
-% the redefinition.
-%
-% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
-\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
-\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
-\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
-\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
-%
-\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
-\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
-\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
-\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
-\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
-\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
-\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
-\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
-%
-% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
-% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the
-% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
-% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
-%
-% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
-% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
-% the same EC font.
-\def\ogonek#1{{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
- \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
- \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
- \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
- \else
- \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
- \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
- \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi
- }%
-}
-\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
-\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
-\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
-\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
-%
-% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
-% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
-% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec
-% package and follow the same conventions.
-%
-\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
-\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
-%
-\def\etcfont#1{%
- % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
- % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
- % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
- % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
- \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
- \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
- \ifmonospace
- % typewriter:
- \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
- \else
- \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
- % bold:
- \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
- \else
- % regular:
- \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
- \fi
- \fi
- \thisecfont
-}
-
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
-% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
-% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
-%
-\def\registeredsymbol{%
- $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}%
- \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
- }$%
-}
-
-% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
-%
-\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
-
-% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
-% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
-% so we'll define it if necessary.
-%
-\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
-\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
-\fi
-
-% Quotes.
-\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
-\chardef\quoteright=`\'
-
-% only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using
-% \ecfont unless necessary.
-\def\quotedblleft{%
- \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"10}\else{\char"5C}\fi
-}
-
-\def\quotedblright{%
- \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"11}\else{\char`\"}\fi
-}
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
-% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
-\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
- \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
- command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
- after the title page.}}%
-\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
- \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
- command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you
- want the contents after the title page.}}%
-
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
- \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
- \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\envdef\titlepage{%
- % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
- \begingroup
- \parindent=0pt \textfonts
- % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
- \vglue\titlepagetopglue
- % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
- %
- % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
- % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
- \let\oldpage = \page
- \def\page{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- \let\page = \oldpage
- \page
- \null
- }%
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
- % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
- % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
- % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
- \oldpage
- \endgroup
- %
- % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
- % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
- \HEADINGSon
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
- \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
-% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used
-% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should
-% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
-%
-\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty=10000
- \parindent=0pt
- \tolerance=5000
- \ptexraggedright
-}
-
-% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-
-\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont
-\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
-
-\parseargdef\title{%
- \checkenv\titlepage
- \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
- % print a rule at the page bottom also.
- \finishedtitlepagefalse
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\subtitle{%
- \checkenv\titlepage
- {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
-}
-
-% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-% It can also be used inside @quotation.
-%
-\parseargdef\author{%
- \def\temp{\quotation}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
- \else
- \checkenv\titlepage
- \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
- {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
-\newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter
-\newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter
-\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
-
-% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm
- \ifchapterpage
- \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi
- \else
- \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi
- \fi}}
-
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
- \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what @headings on does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
- \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
- \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline}
-
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
- \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
- \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline}
-
-\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
- \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
- %
- % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
- % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
- \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
-
-% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
-% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
-%
-% The same set of arguments for:
-%
-% @oddheadingmarks
-% @evenfootingmarks
-% @oddfootingmarks
-% @everyheadingmarks
-% @everyfootingmarks
-
-% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
-% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
-% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
-%
-\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
-\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
-\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
-\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
-\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
- \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
-\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
- \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
-% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
-\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
- \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
-}
-
-\everyheadingmarks bottom
-\everyfootingmarks bottom
-
-% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off turns them off.
-% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
- \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}%
- \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}%
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
-\HEADINGSoff % it's the default
-
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-\def\pageone{
- \global\pageno=1
- \global\arabiccount = \pagecount
-}
-
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
-\pageone
-\HEADINGSdoublex
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
-\pageone
-\HEADINGSsinglex
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil}}
-\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% for @setchapternewpage off
-\def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{%
-\pageone
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline
-\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
-% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
-% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\thisisundefined
-\def\today{%
- \number\day\space
- \ifcase\month
- \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
- \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
- \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
- \fi
- \space\number\year}
-\fi
-
-% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
-% It generates no output of its own.
-\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
- \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
- \itemindex{#1}%
- \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
- %
- % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
- % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
- % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
- % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
- % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
- \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
- %
- % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
- % but leave it ragged-right.
- \begingroup
- \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
- \advance\hsize by\tableindent
- \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
- \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
- \endgroup
- %
- % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
- % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
- \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
- % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
- % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
- % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
- % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
- % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
- %
- \penalty 10001
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
- \else
- % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
- \noindent
- % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
- % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
- % eventually be printed.
- \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
- \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \unhbox0
- \nobreak\kern\dimen0
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
- \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
-
-% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\envdef\table{%
- \let\itemindex\gobble
- \tablecheck{table}%
-}
-\envdef\ftable{%
- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablecheck{ftable}%
-}
-\envdef\vtable{%
- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablecheck{vtable}%
-}
-\def\tablecheck#1{%
- \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
- \endgroup
- \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
- that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
- \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
- \else
- \let\next\tablex
- \fi
- \next
-}
-\def\tablex#1{%
- \def\itemindicate{#1}%
- \parsearg\tabley
-}
-\def\tabley#1{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
- \expandafter
- }\temp \endtablez
-}
-\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
- \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
- \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
- \itemmax=\tableindent
- \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
- \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
- \exdentamount=\tableindent
- \parindent = 0pt
- \parskip = \smallskipamount
- \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- \let\item = \internalBitem
- \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
-}
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
-\let\Eftable\Etable
-\let\Evtable\Etable
-\let\Eitemize\Etable
-\let\Eenumerate\Etable
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-
-\def\doitemize#1{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \itemmax=\itemindent
- \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
- \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
- \exdentamount=\itemindent
- \parindent=0pt
- \parskip=\smallskipamount
- \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- %
- % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
- % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
- % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the
- % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if
- % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
- \def\itemcontents{#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
- %
- % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
- \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
- %
- \let\item=\itemizeitem
-}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
-%
-\def\itemizeitem{%
- \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
- {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
- {%
- % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
- % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
- % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
- % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
- % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
- % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
- % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
- % that's the theory.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
- %
- \ifinner\else
- \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
- \fi
- % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
- % @itemize looks awful there.
- }%
- \flushcr
-}
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
- % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
- \def\thearg{#1}%
- \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
- %
- % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
- % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
- % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
- % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
- % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
- \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
- \ifx\rest\empty
- % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
- % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
- % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
- % not equal to itself.
- % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
- %
- % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
- % continuing to look for a <number>.
- %
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
- \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
- \else
- % It's a letter.
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
- \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
- \else
- \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
- \numericenumerate
- \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
- \itemno = \thearg
- \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}%
- \fi
- \char\lccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}
- \fi
- \char\uccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
- \advance\itemno by -1
- \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
-}
-
-
-% @multitable macros
-
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
-% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
-%
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
- \setuptable
-}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{%
- \def\firstarg{#1}%
- \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
- \let\go = \relax
- \else
- \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
- \global\setpercenttrue
- \else
- \ifsetpercent
- \let\go\pickupwholefraction
- \else
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
- % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
- % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
- % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
- \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
- \else
- \let\go = \setuptable
- \fi%
- \fi
- \go
-}
-
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments
-% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
-% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
-% undo it ourselves.
-\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
-\def\headitem{%
- \checkenv\multitable
- \crcr
- \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
- \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
- \the\everytab % for the first item
-}%
-%
-% default for tables with no headings.
-\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
-%
-\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
-
-\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
-%
-\envdef\multitable{%
- \vskip\parskip
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
- % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
- % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
- % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
- \def\item{\crcr}%
- %
- \tolerance=9500
- \hbadness=9500
- \parskip=0pt
- \parindent=6pt
- \overfullrule=0pt
- \global\colcount=0
- %
- \everycr = {%
- \noalign{%
- \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
- \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
- %
- % Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
- \checkinserts
- %
- % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
- \headitemcrhook
- \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
- }%
- }%
- %
- \parsearg\domultitable
-}
-\def\domultitable#1{%
- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
- \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
- %
- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
- \halign\bgroup &%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \strut
- \vtop{%
- \advance\hsize by -1\leftskip
- % Find the correct column width
- \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- %
- \rightskip=0pt
- \ifnum\colcount=1
- \advance\hsize by\leftskip % Add indent of surrounding text
- \else
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other.
- \leftskip=12pt
- \ifsetpercent \else
- % If a template has been used
- \advance\hsize by \leftskip
- \fi
- \fi
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\strut
- }\cr
-}
-\def\Emultitable{%
- \crcr
- \egroup % end the \halign
- \global\setpercentfalse
-}
-
-
-\message{conditionals,}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
-% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
-% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
-% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
-% attempt to close an environment group.
-%
-\def\makecond#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
- \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
-}
-\makecond{iftex}
-\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
-\makecond{ifnothtml}
-\makecond{ifnotinfo}
-\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
-\makecond{ifnotxml}
-
-% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
-%
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
-\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
-\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
-%
-% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
-\newcount\doignorecount
-
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
- % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
- \obeylines
- \catcode`\@ = \other
- \catcode`\{ = \other
- \catcode`\} = \other
- %
- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \spaceisspace
- %
- % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
- \doignorecount = 0
- %
- % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
- \dodoignore{#1}%
-}
-
-{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
- \obeylines %
- %
- \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
- % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
- %
- % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
- \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
- \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
- %
- % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
- % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
- % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
- \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
- %
- % And now expand that command.
- \doignoretext ^^M%
- }%
-}
-
-\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
- \let\next\doignoretextzzz
- \else % Found a nested condition, ...
- \advance\doignorecount by 1
- \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
- % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
- \fi
- \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
-}
-
-% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
-%
-\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
- \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
- \let\next\enddoignore
- \else % Still inside a nested condition.
- \advance\doignorecount by -1
- \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-% Finish off ignored text.
-{ \obeylines%
- % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
- % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
- % would result in a blank line in the output.
- \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
-}
-
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
-% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
-%
-\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- \next{}%
- \else
- \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
- \fi
- }%
-}
-% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\parseargdef\clear{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
- }%
-}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-{
- \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
- %
- \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
- \let\value = \expandablevalue
- % We don't want these characters active, ...
- \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
- % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
- % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
- % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
- \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore
- }
-}
-
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- {[No value for ``#1'']}%
- \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
-% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when
-% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
-% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it
-% will be set by the time it is read back in.
-%
-% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
-\def\dummyvalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \string\value{#1}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
-% if possible, otherwise sort late.
-\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- ZZZZZZZ%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call
-% \makecond and then redefine.
-%
-\makecond{ifset}
-\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
-\def\doifset#1#2{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \let\next=\empty
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
- #1% If not set, redefine \next.
- \fi
- \expandafter
- }\next
-}
-\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
-% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
-% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
-%
-\makecond{ifclear}
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-
-% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written
-% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the
-% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
-% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
-%
-\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
-\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
-%
-\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \let\next=\empty
- \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax
- #1% If not defined, \let\next as above.
- \fi
- \expandafter
- }\next
-}
-\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}}
-
-% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above.
-\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined}
-\def\ifcommandnotdefined{%
- \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}}
-\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}}
-
-% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to
-% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available.
-\set txicommandconditionals
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory=\comment
-
-% @defininfoenclose.
-\let\definfoenclose=\comment
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
-\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX.
-% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
-% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
-% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-%
-\def\newindex#1{%
- \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
- \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
-%
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-%
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-%
-\def\newcodeindex#1{%
- \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
-}
-
-% The default indices:
-\newindex{cp}% concepts,
-\newcodeindex{fn}% functions,
-\newcodeindex{vr}% variables,
-\newcodeindex{tp}% types,
-\newcodeindex{ky}% keys
-\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs.
-
-
-% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-%
-% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-%
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
-
-% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
-% #3 the target index (bar).
-\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
- \requireopenindexfile{#3}%
- % redefine \fooindfile:
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
- % redefine \fooindex:
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
-\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
-\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-\f
-% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo
-% commands.
-%
-\def\atdummies{%
- \definedummyletter\@%
- \definedummyletter\ %
- \definedummyletter\{%
- \definedummyletter\}%
- \definedummyletter\&%
- %
- % Do the redefinitions.
- \definedummies
- \otherbackslash
-}
-
-% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
-% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
-% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
-% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
-% from whatever follows.
-%
-% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
-% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
-% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
-%
-% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
-% space.
-%
-\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
-\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
-\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
-
-% Called from \atdummies to prevent the expansion of commands.
-%
-\def\definedummies{%
- %
- \let\commondummyword\definedummyword
- \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter
- \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent
- \commondummiesnofonts
- %
- \definedummyletter\_%
- \definedummyletter\-%
- %
- % Non-English letters.
- \definedummyword\AA
- \definedummyword\AE
- \definedummyword\DH
- \definedummyword\L
- \definedummyword\O
- \definedummyword\OE
- \definedummyword\TH
- \definedummyword\aa
- \definedummyword\ae
- \definedummyword\dh
- \definedummyword\exclamdown
- \definedummyword\l
- \definedummyword\o
- \definedummyword\oe
- \definedummyword\ordf
- \definedummyword\ordm
- \definedummyword\questiondown
- \definedummyword\ss
- \definedummyword\th
- %
- % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
- \definedummyword\bf
- \definedummyword\gtr
- \definedummyword\hat
- \definedummyword\less
- \definedummyword\sf
- \definedummyword\sl
- \definedummyword\tclose
- \definedummyword\tt
- %
- \definedummyword\LaTeX
- \definedummyword\TeX
- %
- % Assorted special characters.
- \definedummyword\ampchar
- \definedummyword\atchar
- \definedummyword\arrow
- \definedummyword\backslashchar
- \definedummyword\bullet
- \definedummyword\comma
- \definedummyword\copyright
- \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
- \definedummyword\dots
- \definedummyword\enddots
- \definedummyword\entrybreak
- \definedummyword\equiv
- \definedummyword\error
- \definedummyword\euro
- \definedummyword\expansion
- \definedummyword\geq
- \definedummyword\guillemetleft
- \definedummyword\guillemetright
- \definedummyword\guilsinglleft
- \definedummyword\guilsinglright
- \definedummyword\lbracechar
- \definedummyword\leq
- \definedummyword\mathopsup
- \definedummyword\minus
- \definedummyword\ogonek
- \definedummyword\pounds
- \definedummyword\point
- \definedummyword\print
- \definedummyword\quotedblbase
- \definedummyword\quotedblleft
- \definedummyword\quotedblright
- \definedummyword\quoteleft
- \definedummyword\quoteright
- \definedummyword\quotesinglbase
- \definedummyword\rbracechar
- \definedummyword\result
- \definedummyword\sub
- \definedummyword\sup
- \definedummyword\textdegree
- %
- \definedummyword\subentry
- %
- % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
- \macrolist
- \let\value\dummyvalue
- %
- \normalturnoffactive
-}
-
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts.
-% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before
-% using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters.
-%
-\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
- % Control letters and accents.
- \commondummyletter\!%
- \commondummyaccent\"%
- \commondummyaccent\'%
- \commondummyletter\*%
- \commondummyaccent\,%
- \commondummyletter\.%
- \commondummyletter\/%
- \commondummyletter\:%
- \commondummyaccent\=%
- \commondummyletter\?%
- \commondummyaccent\^%
- \commondummyaccent\`%
- \commondummyaccent\~%
- \commondummyword\u
- \commondummyword\v
- \commondummyword\H
- \commondummyword\dotaccent
- \commondummyword\ogonek
- \commondummyword\ringaccent
- \commondummyword\tieaccent
- \commondummyword\ubaraccent
- \commondummyword\udotaccent
- \commondummyword\dotless
- %
- % Texinfo font commands.
- \commondummyword\b
- \commondummyword\i
- \commondummyword\r
- \commondummyword\sansserif
- \commondummyword\sc
- \commondummyword\slanted
- \commondummyword\t
- %
- % Commands that take arguments.
- \commondummyword\abbr
- \commondummyword\acronym
- \commondummyword\anchor
- \commondummyword\cite
- \commondummyword\code
- \commondummyword\command
- \commondummyword\dfn
- \commondummyword\dmn
- \commondummyword\email
- \commondummyword\emph
- \commondummyword\env
- \commondummyword\file
- \commondummyword\image
- \commondummyword\indicateurl
- \commondummyword\inforef
- \commondummyword\kbd
- \commondummyword\key
- \commondummyword\math
- \commondummyword\option
- \commondummyword\pxref
- \commondummyword\ref
- \commondummyword\samp
- \commondummyword\strong
- \commondummyword\tie
- \commondummyword\U
- \commondummyword\uref
- \commondummyword\url
- \commondummyword\var
- \commondummyword\verb
- \commondummyword\w
- \commondummyword\xref
-}
-
-\let\indexlbrace\relax
-\let\indexrbrace\relax
-\let\indexatchar\relax
-\let\indexbackslash\relax
-
-{\catcode`\@=0
-\catcode`\\=13
- @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
-}
-
-{
-\catcode`\<=13
-\catcode`\-=13
-\catcode`\`=13
- \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else
- % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
- % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
- \let`=\empty
- \fi
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else
- \backslashdisappear
- \fi
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else
- \def-{}%
- \fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else
- \def<{}%
- \fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else
- \def\@{}%
- \fi
- }
-
- \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
- \let-\normaldash
- \let<\normalless
- }
-}
-
-
-% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
-% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
-% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
-% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
-%
-\def\indexnofonts{%
- % Accent commands should become @asis.
- \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
- % We can just ignore other control letters.
- \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
- % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
- \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent
- \commondummiesnofonts
- %
- % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
- % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
- % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
- %\let\tt=\asis
- %
- \def\ { }%
- \def\@{@}%
- \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
- \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
- %
- \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
- \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
- \let\lbracechar\{%
- \let\rbracechar\}%
- %
- % Non-English letters.
- \def\AA{AA}%
- \def\AE{AE}%
- \def\DH{DZZ}%
- \def\L{L}%
- \def\OE{OE}%
- \def\O{O}%
- \def\TH{TH}%
- \def\aa{aa}%
- \def\ae{ae}%
- \def\dh{dzz}%
- \def\exclamdown{!}%
- \def\l{l}%
- \def\oe{oe}%
- \def\ordf{a}%
- \def\ordm{o}%
- \def\o{o}%
- \def\questiondown{?}%
- \def\ss{ss}%
- \def\th{th}%
- %
- \let\do\indexnofontsdef
- %
- \do\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
- \do\TeX{TeX}%
- %
- % Assorted special characters.
- \do\atchar{@}%
- \do\arrow{->}%
- \do\bullet{bullet}%
- \do\comma{,}%
- \do\copyright{copyright}%
- \do\dots{...}%
- \do\enddots{...}%
- \do\equiv{==}%
- \do\error{error}%
- \do\euro{euro}%
- \do\expansion{==>}%
- \do\geq{>=}%
- \do\guillemetleft{<<}%
- \do\guillemetright{>>}%
- \do\guilsinglleft{<}%
- \do\guilsinglright{>}%
- \do\leq{<=}%
- \do\lbracechar{\{}%
- \do\minus{-}%
- \do\point{.}%
- \do\pounds{pounds}%
- \do\print{-|}%
- \do\quotedblbase{"}%
- \do\quotedblleft{"}%
- \do\quotedblright{"}%
- \do\quoteleft{`}%
- \do\quoteright{'}%
- \do\quotesinglbase{,}%
- \do\rbracechar{\}}%
- \do\registeredsymbol{R}%
- \do\result{=>}%
- \do\textdegree{o}%
- %
- % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
- % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
- % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
- % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
- % that starts with \.
- %
- % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
- % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
- % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
- %
- \macrolist
- \let\value\indexnofontsvalue
-}
-
-% Give the control sequence a definition that removes the {} that follows
-% its use, e.g. @AA{} -> AA
-\def\indexnofontsdef#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}}%
-
-\f
-
-
-% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{%
- \iflinks
- {%
- %
- \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
- \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
- %
- \def\indextext{#2}%
- \safewhatsit\doindwrite
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Same as \doind, but for code indices
-\def\docind#1#2{%
- \iflinks
- {%
- %
- \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
- \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
- %
- \def\indextext{#2}%
- \safewhatsit\docindwrite
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
-\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
-\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \edef\suffix{#1}%
- % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
- % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
- \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
- % Open the file
- \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
- % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current
- % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
- % preceding skips.
- \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
-\fi}
-\def\indexisfl{fl}
-
-% Definition for writing index entry sort key.
-{
-\catcode`\-=13
-\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
- \begingroup
- \indexnonalnumreappear
- \indexwritesortasxxx}
-\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
- \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
-}
-
-\def\indexwriteseealso#1{
- \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}%
-}
-\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{
- \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}%
-}
-
-% The default definitions
-\def\sortas#1{}%
-\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
-\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also}
-\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
-
-
-% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}":
-% * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}"
-% * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ"
-% * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext
-%
-\def\splitindexentry#1{%
- \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}%
- \xdef\bracedtext{}%
- \def\sep{}%
- \def\seealso##1{}%
- \def\seeentry##1{}%
- \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry
-}
-
-% append the results from the next segment
-\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{%
- \def\segment{#1}%
- \ifx\segment\isfinish
- \else
- %
- % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and
- % trim spaces.
- \edef\trimmed{\segment}%
- \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
- \ifincodeindex
- \edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}%
- \fi
- %
- \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}%
- %
- % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all
- % font commands turned off.
- \bgroup
- \let\sortas\indexwritesortas
- \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso
- \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry
- \indexnofonts
- % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex.
- \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}%
- \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}%
- \let\{=\lbracechar
- \let\}=\rbracechar
- \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}%
- \def\atchar##1{\@}%
- \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}%
- \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}%
- %
- \let\indexsortkey\empty
- \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty
- % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes
- % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment.
- \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}%
- \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{%
- \indexnonalnumdisappear
- \xdef\trimmed{\segment}%
- \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
- \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}%
- \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi
- }\fi
- %
- % Append to \fullindexsortkey.
- \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{%
- \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}%
- \tmp
- \egroup
- \def\sep{\subentry}%
- %
- \expandafter\doindexsegment
- \fi
-}
-\def\isfinish{\finish}%
-\newbox\dummybox % used above
-
-\let\subentry\relax
-
-% Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex.
-% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux
-% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses
-% the current value of \escapechar.
-\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\}
-
-% Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape
-% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When
-% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then
-% the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy
-% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in
-% index files, never standing for themselves.
-%
-\set txiindexescapeisbackslash
-
-% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file.
-%
-
-\newif\ifincodeindex
-\def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex}
-\def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex}
-
-\def\doindwritex{%
- \maybemarginindex
- %
- \atdummies
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax\else
- \escapeisbackslash
- \fi
- %
- % For texindex which always views { and } as separators.
- \def\{{\lbracechar{}}%
- \def\}{\rbracechar{}}%
- \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}%
- %
- % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index
- % sort key.
- \splitindexentry\indextext
- %
- % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
- % the original text, including any font commands. We write
- % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
- % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
- % sorted result.
- %
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\writeto{%
- \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}%
- {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}%
- \bracedtext}%
- }%
- \temp
-}
-
-% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented).
-\def\maybemarginindex{%
- \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}%
- \fi
-}
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax
-
-
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
-%
-% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that
-% sequences like this:
-% @end defun
-% @tindex whatever
-% @defun ...
-% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-% the previous defun.
-%
-% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
-% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-%
-% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-%
-% But wait, there is a catch there:
-% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
-% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
-% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
-% representation of the skip.
-%
-% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
-% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
-%
-\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
-%
-\newskip\whatsitskip
-\newcount\whatsitpenalty
-%
-% ..., ready, GO:
-%
-\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode
- #1%
- \else
- % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
- \whatsitskip = \lastskip
- \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
- \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
- %
- % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
- % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
- % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
- % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
- % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- \else
- \vskip-\whatsitskip
- \fi
- %
- #1%
- %
- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
- % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
- % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
- % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
- % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
- % @deffn deffn-whatever
- % @vindex index-whatever
- % Description.
- % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
- % and the "Description." paragraph.
- \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
- \else
- % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
- % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
- % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
- \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
- \fi
-\fi}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-% \initial {c}
-% before the first topic whose initial is c
-% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-% for a topic that is used without subtopics
-% \primary {topic}
-% \entry {topic}{}
-% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-% for each subtopic.
-% \secondary {subtopic}{}
-% for a subtopic with sub-subtopics
-% \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist}
-% for each sub-subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
-% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
-%
-\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
- \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
- %
- \smallfonts \rm
- \tolerance = 9500
- \plainfrenchspacing
- \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
- %
- % See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
- \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
- %
- % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
- \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
- \ifeof 1
- % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
- % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
- % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
- % there is some text.
- \putwordIndexNonexistent
- \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
- \else
- % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
- % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
- % it can discover if there is anything in it.
- \read 1 to \thisline
- \ifeof 1
- \putwordIndexIsEmpty
- \else
- \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish%
- \fi
- \fi
- \closein 1
-\endgroup}
-
-% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index
-% file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have
-% old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would
-% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error.
-\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax
- \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiskipindexfileswithbackslash\endcsname\relax
-\errmessage{%
-ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped.
-To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi'
-or 'texi2pdf' to that at <https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo>.
-If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo
-distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0).
-You may be able to typeset the index if you run
-'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself.
-You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by
-running a command like
-'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do
-this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format.
-If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again
-might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')%
-}%
- \else
- (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format)
- \fi
- \else
- \begindoublecolumns
- \input \jobname.\indexname s
- \enddoublecolumns
- \fi
- \else
- \begindoublecolumns
- \catcode`\\=0\relax
- %
- % Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work. This
- % should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files.
- %\catcode`\@=12\relax
- \catcode`\@=0\relax
- \input \jobname.\indexname s
- \enddoublecolumns
- \fi
-}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
-\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
-\catcode`\$=3
-\gdef\initialglyphs{%
- % special control sequences used in the index sort key
- \let\indexlbrace\{%
- \let\indexrbrace\}%
- \let\indexatchar\@%
- \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
- %
- % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the
- % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
- % for these characters.
- \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}}
- %
- % In case @\ is used for backslash
- \uppercase{\let\\=~}
- % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
- \catcode`\/=13
- \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
- \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
- \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
- \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
- \def\_{%
- \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
- \def|{$\vert$}%
- \def<{$\less$}%
- \def>{$\gtr$}%
- \def+{$\normalplus$}%
-}}
-
-\def\initial{%
- \bgroup
- \initialglyphs
- \initialx
-}
-
-\def\initialx#1{%
- % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
- \removelastskip
- %
- % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
- % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
- % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
- \nobreak
- \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
- \penalty -300
- \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
- %
- % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
- % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
- % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
- % we need before each entry, but it's better.
- %
- % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
- \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
- \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
- % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
- % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
- % \leftline creates.
- % Do our best not to break after the initial.
- \nobreak
- \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
- \egroup % \initialglyphs
-}
-
-\newdimen\entryrightmargin
-\entryrightmargin=0pt
-
-% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
-% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
-% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-\def\entry{%
- \begingroup
- %
- % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
- % affect previous text.
- \par
- %
- % No extra space above this paragraph.
- \parskip = 0in
- %
- % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
- % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section
- % titles, for instance.
- \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
- \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
- %
- % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
- \afterassignment\doentry
- \let\temp =
-}
-\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
-\def\doentry{%
- % Save the text of the entry
- \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
- \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
- \noindent
- \aftergroup\finishentry
- % And now comes the text of the entry.
- % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
- % with catcodes occurring.
-}
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\finishentry#1{%
- \egroup % end box A
- \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
- \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
- \unhbox\boxA
- % #1 is the page number.
- %
- % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
- % leaders if they are present.
- \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
- \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
- \null\nobreak\hfill\ %
- \else
- %
- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
- %
- \ifpdforxetex
- \pdfgettoks#1.%
- \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
- \else
- \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
- \fi
- \fi
- \egroup % end \boxA
- \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
- \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par
- \nobreak
- \else\bgroup
- % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
- % page numbers to be aligned to the right.
- %
- \parindent = 0pt
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
- \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
- \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
- % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
- % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
- \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
- %
- \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
- % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
- % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to
- % fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
- \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
- \dimen@i=2.1em
- \else
- \dimen@i=0em
- \fi
- \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i
- %
- \dimen@ii = \hsize
- \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip
- \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin
- \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i
- \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
- \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text
- % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of
- % the first line.
- \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@
- \dimen@ii = \hsize
- \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii
- % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than
- % two lines), use all the space in the first line.
- \dimen@ = \dimen@ii
- \fi
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
- \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
- \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii
- % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only,
- % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX
- % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
- %
- % Indent all lines but the first one.
- \advance\leftskip by 1em
- \advance\parindent by -1em
- \fi\fi
- \indent % start paragraph
- \unhbox\boxA
- %
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % Word spacing - no stretch
- \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
- %
- \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks.
- \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation.
- %
- \par % format the paragraph
- \egroup % The \vbox
- \fi
- \endgroup
-}}
-
-\newskip\thinshrinkable
-\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
-
-% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
-% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
-% the page number to the right.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
-
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}}
-\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}}
-
-\def\indententry#1#2#3{%
- \bgroup
- \leftskip=#1
- \entry{#2}{#3}%
- \egroup
-}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11 % private names
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
- % If not much space left on page, start a new page.
- \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
- %
- % Grab any single-column material above us.
- \output = {%
- \savetopmark
- %
- \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
- % Unvbox the main output page.
- \unvbox\PAGE
- \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
- }%
- }%
- \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
- %
- % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
- \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
- %
- % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
- % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
- % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
- % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
- % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
- %
- % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
- % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
- % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
- % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
- % as it did when we hard-coded it.
- %
- % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
- % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
- % been clobbered.
- %
- \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
- \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
- \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- %
- % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
- % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
- % previous page.
- \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
- \vsize = 2\vsize
- %
- % For the benefit of balancing columns
- \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt
-}
-
-% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
-%
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
- %
- \savetopmark
- \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- \dimen@ = \vsize
- \divide\dimen@ by 2
- %
- % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
- \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@
- \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage
- \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called
- \unvbox\PAGE
- \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-%
-% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
-\def\pagesofar{%
- \unvbox\partialpage
- %
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
- \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
-}
-
-
-% Finished with double columns.
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
- % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
- % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
- % following situation:
- %
- % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
- % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
- % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last
- % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
- % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following
- % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
- % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
- % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
- % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
- % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
- % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as
- % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
- % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
- % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
- % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
- % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
- % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
- % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
- % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
- %
- % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
- % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
- \penalty0
- %
- \output = {%
- % Split the last of the double-column material.
- \savetopmark
- \balancecolumns
- }%
- \eject % call the \output just set
- \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt
- % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
- % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
- % definition right away.
- \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
- %
- \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
- % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
- % page break.
- \box\balancedcolumns
- %
- % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
- % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
- % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize.
- \global\vsize = \txipageheight %
- \pagegoal = \txipageheight %
- \else
- % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout
- % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again.
- \expandafter\enddoublecolumns
- \fi
-}
-\newbox\balancedcolumns
-\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
-%
-% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout
-% does the others.
-\def\balancecolumns{%
- \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
- \dimen@ = \ht0
- \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip
- % Don't split a short final column in two.
- \setbox2=\vbox{}%
- \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
- \else
- % double the leading vertical space
- \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
- \dimen@ii = \dimen@
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column.
- {%
- \vbadness = 10000
- \loop
- \global\setbox3 = \copy0
- \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
- \ifdim\ht1<\ht3
- \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
- \repeat
- }%
- % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3.
- %
- % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself.
- % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so
- % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize).
- \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize
- % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material.
- % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page.
- \setbox\PAGE=\box0
- \doublecolumnout
- \else
- % Compare the heights of the two columns.
- \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3
- % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
- % flush with each other.
- \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}%
- \else
- % Make column bottoms flush with each other.
- \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}%
- \fi
- \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
- \fi
- \fi
- %
-}
-\catcode`\@ = \other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Chapters, sections, etc.
-
-% Let's start with @part.
-\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
-\def\partzzz#1{%
- \chapoddpage
- \null
- \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit
- \begingroup
- \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text
- \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with
- \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
- \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page
- % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
- % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
- \let\pchapsepmacro\relax
- \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
- \chapoddpage
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered
-% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
-% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
-% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
-% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
-\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
-\newcount\chapno
-\newcount\secno \secno=0
-\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
-\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
-%
-% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
-% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
-% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-%
-\def\appendixletter{%
- \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
- % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
- % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
- % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
- % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
- \else\char\the\appendixno
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
-% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use
-% these. @section does likewise.
-\def\thischapter{}
-\def\thischapternum{}
-\def\thischaptername{}
-\def\thissection{}
-\def\thissectionnum{}
-\def\thissectionname{}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-
-% we only have subsub.
-\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
-%
-% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
-% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
-\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
-%
-% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
-% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
-\def\chapheadtype{N}
-
-% Choose a heading macro
-% #1 is heading type
-% #2 is heading level
-% #3 is text for heading
-\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
- % Compute the abs. sec. level:
- \absseclevel=#2
- \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
- % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
- \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
- \absseclevel = 0
- \else
- \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
- \absseclevel = 3
- \fi
- \fi
- % The heading type:
- \def\headtype{#1}%
- \if \headtype U%
- \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
- \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
- \fi
- \else
- % Check for appendix sections:
- \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
- \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
- \else
- \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
- \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
- \fi\fi
- \fi
- % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
- \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
- \def\headtype{U}%
- \else
- \chardef\unnlevel = 3
- \fi
- \fi
- % Now print the heading:
- \if \headtype U%
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \unnumberedzzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \else
- \if \headtype A%
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \appendixzzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \chapterzzz{#3}%
- \or \seczzz{#3}%
- \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% an interface:
-\def\numhead{\genhead N}
-\def\apphead{\genhead A}
-\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
-% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
-%
-% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
-% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
-\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-%
-\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz#1{%
- % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
- % as an @include file.
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\chapno by 1
- %
- % Used for \float.
- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
- \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
- \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
- %
- % Write the actual heading.
- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
- %
- % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
- \global\let\section = \numberedsec
- \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
-%
-\def\appendixzzz#1{%
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\appendixno by 1
- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
- \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
- \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
- %
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
- %
- \global\let\section = \appendixsec
- \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-
-% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
- %
- % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
- \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
- % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
- % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
- % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
- % to be executed, not expanded).
- %
- % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
- % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
- % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
- % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
- % the toc entries.)
- \toks0 = {#1}%
- \message{(\the\toks0)}%
- %
- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
- %
- \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
- \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
- \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
- \unnmhead0{#1}%
- \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\let\top\unnumbered
-
-% Sections.
-%
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
-\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
-}
-\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-
-% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% Subsections.
-%
-% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
-\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
-\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% Subsubsections.
-%
-% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
- {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\let\section = \numberedsec
-\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-\def\majorheading{%
- {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
- \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
-}
-
-\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
- \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
- \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-
-% Start a new page
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
-% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
-% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
-% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
-\def\chapoddpage{%
- \chappager
- \ifodd\pageno \else
- \begingroup
- \headingsoff
- \null
- \chappager
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
-% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
-% Not used for @heading series.
-%
-% To test against our argument.
-\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
-%
-\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
- \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
- \fi
- % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
- \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
- \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
- \gdef\thissection{}}%
- %
- \def\temptype{#2}%
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
- \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
- \gdef\thischapter{}}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
- \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
- \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
- % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
- % commands in some of the translations.
- \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{}
- \noexpand\thischapternum:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
- }%
- \else
- \toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
- \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
- \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
- % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
- % commands in some of the translations.
- \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{}
- \noexpand\thischapternum:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
- }%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
- % the preceding space.
- \safewhatsit\domark
- %
- % Insert the chapter heading break.
- \pchapsepmacro
- %
- % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
- % between here and the heading.
- \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
- \domark
- %
- {%
- \chapfonts \rm
- \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
- %
- % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the
- % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
- % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
- \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
- %
- % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
- % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{unnchap}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
- \def\toctype{omit}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{app}%
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{numchap}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
- % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
- % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
- \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
- %
- % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
- % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
- % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
- % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
- % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
- \donoderef{#2}%
- %
- % Typeset the actual heading.
- \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
- \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
- \unhbox0 #1\par}%
- }%
- \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
- \nobreak
-}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerparameters{%
- \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \parfillskip = 0pt
-}
-
-
-% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
-% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-%
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip\subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
-\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
-
-
-% Print any size, any type, section title.
-%
-% #1 is the text of the title,
-% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
-% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
-% #4 is the section number.
-%
-\def\seckeyword{sec}
-%
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
- {%
- \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
- \def\temptype{#3}%
- %
- % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
- % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
- % dubious), but not the others.
- \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
- \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
- \fi
- \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
- %
- % Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
- %
- % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
- \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
- \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
- \fi
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- % Don't redefine \thissection.
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
- \toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
- % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
- % commands in some of the translations.
- \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
- \noexpand\thissectionnum:
- \noexpand\thissectionname}%
- }%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
- \toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
- % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
- % commands in some of the translations.
- \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
- \noexpand\thissectionnum:
- \noexpand\thissectionname}%
- }%
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we
- % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
- % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
- \par
- %
- % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
- % the preceding space.
- \safewhatsit\domark
- %
- % Insert space above the heading.
- \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
- %
- % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
- % between here and the heading.
- \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
- \domark
- %
- % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{unn}%
- \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
- % and don't redefine \currentsection.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{omit}%
- \let\sectionlevel=\empty
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{app}%
- \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{num}%
- \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
- \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
- %
- % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
- % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
- \donoderef{#3}%
- %
- % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
- % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
- % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
- % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
- % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
- % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
- \nobreak
- %
- % Output the actual section heading.
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
- \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
- \unhbox0 #1}%
- }%
- % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
- % Don't allow stretch, though.
- \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
- %
- % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
- % was followed by glue.
- \nobreak
- %
- % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
- % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
- % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next
- % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out
- % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically
- % obscuring the section heading with something else.
- \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known
- % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation
- % and do the needful.
- \penalty 10001
-}
-
-
-\message{toc,}
-% Table of contents.
-\newwrite\tocfile
-
-% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.
-%
-% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
-% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
-% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
-% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
-% destination to jump to.
-%
-% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
-% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
-% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
-% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
-%
-\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
-%
-\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
- \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
- \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
- \iftocfileopened\else
- \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
- \global\tocfileopenedtrue
- \fi
- %
- \iflinks
- {\atdummies
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
- \temp
- }%
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
- % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
- % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
- % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
- % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
- % `1', and two named `2'.
- \ifpdforxetex
- \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
- \fi
-}
-
-
-% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
-% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
-% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
-%
-\def\activecatcodes{%
- \catcode`\"=\active
- \catcode`\$=\active
- \catcode`\<=\active
- \catcode`\>=\active
- \catcode`\\=\active
- \catcode`\^=\active
- \catcode`\_=\active
- \catcode`\|=\active
- \catcode`\~=\active
-}
-
-
-% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
-\def\readtocfile{%
- \setupdatafile
- \activecatcodes
- \input \tocreadfilename
-}
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\newcount\savepageno
-\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-
-% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
-%
-\def\startcontents#1{%
- % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.
- \contentsalignmacro
- \immediate\closeout\tocfile
- %
- % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
- % It is abundantly clear what they are.
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
- %
- \savepageno = \pageno
- \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
- \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
- %
- % Roman numerals for page numbers.
- \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
- \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings
- % Record where the Roman numerals started.
- \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi
-}
-
-% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on
-% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
-%
-\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-%
-\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
- \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readtocfile
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \pdfmakeoutlines
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
- \contentsendroman
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
- %
- \let\partentry = \shortpartentry
- \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
- % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
- \secfonts
- \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
- \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
- \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readtocfile
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \endgroup
- \contentsendroman
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% Get ready to use Arabic numerals again
-\def\contentsendroman{%
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
- %
- % If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the
- % document. Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for
- % the page numbers.
- \ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi
-}
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-%
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
- % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
- % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
- % But use \hss just in case.
- % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
- % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
- %
- % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
- % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
- % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
- % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
- % there are before deciding ...
- \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
-}
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't
-% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
-% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
-\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
-\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{%
- % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading.
- % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the
- % part heading, before a following chapter heading.
- \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
- \penalty-300
- \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
- \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}%
-}
-%
-% Parts, in the short toc.
-\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
- \penalty-300
- \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
- \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
-}
-
-% Chapters, in the main contents.
-\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-
-% Chapters, in the short toc.
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
-}
-
-% Appendices, in the main contents.
-% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
-%
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
- % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
- \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
-%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
-
-% Unnumbered chapters.
-\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
-\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
-\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-% Same as \defaultparindent.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
- \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
- \begingroup
- % Move the page numbers slightly to the right
- \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
- \chapentryfonts
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
- \endgroup
- \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
-\let\tocentry = \entry
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-% @foo ... @end foo.
-
-% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
-
-\envdef\tex{%
- \setregularquotes
- \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
- \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
- \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
- \catcode `\%=14
- \catcode `\+=\other
- \catcode `\"=\other
- \catcode `\|=\other
- \catcode `\<=\other
- \catcode `\>=\other
- \catcode `\`=\other
- \catcode `\'=\other
- %
- % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our
- % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
- \mathactive
- %
- % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
- \let\b=\ptexb
- \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
- \let\c=\ptexc
- \let\,=\ptexcomma
- \let\.=\ptexdot
- \let\dots=\ptexdots
- \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
- \let\!=\ptexexclam
- \let\i=\ptexi
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
- \let\{=\ptexlbrace
- \let\+=\tabalign
- \let\}=\ptexrbrace
- \let\/=\ptexslash
- \let\sp=\ptexsp
- \let\*=\ptexstar
- %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
- \let\t=\ptext
- \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer
- \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
- %
- \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
- \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
- \def\@{@}%
-}
-% There is no need to define \Etex.
-
-% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
- % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
- % \sectionheading, q.v.
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
- \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
- \endgraf
- \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
- \removelastskip
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
- % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
- % often leads into it.
- \penalty100
- \fi
- \vskip\envskipamount
- \fi
- \fi
-}}
-
-\def\afterenvbreak{{%
- % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
- % \sectionheading, q.v.
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
- \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
- \endgraf
- \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
- \removelastskip
- % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
- % or better ...
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
- \vskip\envskipamount
- \fi
- \fi
-}}
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
-% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
-% environment contents.
-
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used
-\def\cartouchefontdefs{%
- \font\circle=lcircle10\relax
- \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-}
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-
-
-\envdef\cartouche{%
- \cartouchefontdefs
- \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
- \startsavinginserts
- \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
- \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
- \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
- \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
- \cartouter=\hsize
- \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
- % side, and for 6pt waste from
- % each corner char, and rule thickness
- \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- %
- % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
- % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
- % collide with the section heading.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
- %
- \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup
- \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
- \carttop
- \hbox\bgroup
- \hskip\lskip
- \vrule\kern3pt
- \vbox\bgroup
- \kern3pt
- \hsize=\cartinner
- \baselineskip=\normbskip
- \lineskip=\normlskip
- \parskip=\normpskip
- \vskip -\parskip
- \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group.
-}
-\def\Ecartouche{%
- \ifhmode\par\fi
- \kern3pt
- \egroup
- \kern3pt\vrule
- \hskip\rskip
- \egroup
- \cartbot
- \egroup
- \addgroupbox
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\newdimen\nonfillparindent
-\def\nonfillstart{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy
- \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
- \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
- \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
- \parskip = 0pt
- % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
- % the normal \indent.
- \nonfillparindent=\parindent
- \parindent = 0pt
- \let\indent\nonfillindent
- %
- \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
- \else
- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
- \fi
- \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-}
-
-\begingroup
-\obeyspaces
-% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
-% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
-% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
-% @indent.
-\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
-\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
-\ifx\temp %
-\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
-\else%
-\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
-\fi%
-}%
-\endgroup
-\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
-\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
-
-% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
-% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
-% This affects the following displayed environments:
-% @example, @display, @format, @lisp, @verbatim
-%
-\def\smallword{small}
-\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
-\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
-\def\setnormaldispenv{%
- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
- % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
- % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
- % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
- % to change the fonts afterward.
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \fi
-}
-\def\setsmalldispenv{%
- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
- \else
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \fi
-}
-
-% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
-\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
- \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
- \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
- \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-}
-
-% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
-\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
- \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
- \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
-}
-%
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
-% @example: same as @lisp.
-%
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
-\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
- \nonfillstart
- \tt\setcodequotes
- \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
- \parsearg\gobble
-}
-% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{display}{%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{format}{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
-\envdef\flushleft{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
-
-% @flushright.
-%
-\envdef\flushright{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
- \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
-% justification. From plain.tex.
-\envdef\raggedright{%
- \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
-}
-\let\Eraggedright\par
-
-\envdef\raggedleft{%
- \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em
- \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
- \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
- % badness reporting.
-}
-\let\Eraggedleft\par
-
-\envdef\raggedcenter{%
- \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em
- \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
- \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
- % badness reporting.
-}
-\let\Eraggedcenter\par
-
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
-% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
-% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
-%
-\def\quotationstart{%
- \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
- \fi
- \parsearg\quotationlabel
-}
-
-% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-% doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Equotation{%
- \par
- \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
- % indent a bit.
- \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
- \fi
- {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
-
-% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
-\def\quotationlabel#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- {\bf #1: }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and
-% has no optional argument.
-%
-\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart}
-%
-\def\indentedblockstart{%
- {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
- \parindent=0pt
- %
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
- \else
- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
- \fi
-}
-
-% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Eindentedblock{%
- \par
- {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock}
-
-
-% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
-% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
-% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
-% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
-%
-% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
-%
-% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
-% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
-% verbatim line.
-\def\dospecials{%
- \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
- \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
- \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
- % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
- % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
- % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
- %\do\`\do\'%
-}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 380
-\def\uncatcodespecials{%
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
-%
-% Setup for the @verb command.
-%
-% Eight spaces for a tab
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\setupverb{%
- \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
- \setcodequotes
- \tabeightspaces
- % Respect line breaks,
- % print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count
- % must do in this order:
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Setup for the @verbatim environment
-%
-% Real tab expansion.
-\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
-%
-% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
-% tabs.
-\newbox\verbbox
-\def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
-%
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\tabexpand{%
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
- \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
- \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
- \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
- \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
- \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox
- \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox
- }%
- }
-\endgroup
-
-% start the verbatim environment.
-\def\setupverbatim{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}%
- \tabexpand
- \setcodequotes
- % Respect line breaks,
- % print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count.
- % Must do in this order:
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
-% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
-% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
-%
-% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
-\begingroup
- \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
- \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
-%
-%
-% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
-% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
-%
-% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
-%
-% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
-% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
-% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
-%
-% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\ =\active
- \obeylines %
- % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
- % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
- % line in the output.
- \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{%
- \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
- % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
- % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
- % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in
- % the block.
-\endgroup
-%
-\envdef\verbatim{%
- \setnormaldispenv\setupverbatim\doverbatim
-}
-\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
-%
-\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
-%
-\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \setupverbatim
- {%
- \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
- \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
- \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 }
- \expandafter
- }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup
- \afterenvbreak
- }%
-}
-
-% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
-%
-% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
-% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
-% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
-% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
-% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is desirable.
-%
-\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
-\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
-%
-\def\insertcopying{%
- \begingroup
- \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
- \scanexp\copyingtext
- \endgroup
-}
-
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% @defun etc.
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-\newcount\defunpenalty
-
-% Start the processing of @deffn:
-\def\startdefun{%
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
- \medbreak
- \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
- % following @def command, see below.
- \else
- % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
- % which is there to keep the function description together with its
- % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
- % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
- % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
- % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
- % a break between a section heading and a defun.
- %
- % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
- % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
- % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
- % @def command.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
- %
- % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
- % But do insert the glue.
- \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
- \fi
- %
- \parindent=0in
- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-}
-
-\def\dodefunx#1{%
- % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
- \checkenv#1%
- %
- % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
- % It's not a great place, though.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
- %
- % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
- \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
-}
-\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
-%
-\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
- \begingroup
- % call \deffnheader:
- #1#2 \endheader
- % common ending:
- \interlinepenalty = 10000
- \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
- \endgraf
- \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
- \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
- % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
- % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
- \checkparencounts
- \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
-
-% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
-% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
-%
-\def\makedefun#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
- \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
- \temp
-}
-
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) }
-%
-% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
-% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
-%
-\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
- \envdef#1{%
- \startdefun
- \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else
- \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
- }%
- \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
- \def#3%
-}
-
-\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function?
-\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line?
-
-% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
-% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
-% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
-%
-\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
- = \empty
- \else\ifx\temp\offword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
- = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
- must be on|off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-%
-% If SUBTOPIC is present, precede it with a space, and call \doind.
-% (At some time during the 20th century, this made a two-level entry in an
-% index such as the operation index. Nobody seemed to notice the change in
-% behaviour though.)
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
- \def\thirdarg{#3}%
- \ifx\thirdarg\empty
- \doind{#1}{#2}%
- \else
- \doind{#1}{#2\space#3}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Untyped functions:
-
-% @deffn category name args
-\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-
-% @deffn category class name args
-\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \defopon {category on}class name args
-\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
-%
-\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Typed functions:
-
-% @deftypefn category type name args
-\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypeop category class type name args
-\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
-\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
-%
-\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \doingtypefntrue
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Typed variables:
-
-% @deftypevr category type var args
-\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypecv category class type var args
-\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
-\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
-%
-\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
- \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Untyped variables:
-
-% @defvr category var args
-\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
-
-% @defcv category class var args
-\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \defcvof {category of}class var args
-\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-
-% Types:
-
-% @deftp category name args
-\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
- \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
- \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
-\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
-\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
-\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
-\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
-% #2 is the return type, if any.
-% #3 is the function name.
-%
-% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
-%
-\def\defname#1#2#3{%
- \par
- % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
- \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
- %
- % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
- % on a line by itself.
- \rettypeownlinefalse
- \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically?
- % then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else
- \rettypeownlinetrue
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps
- % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
- % just below it.
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
- %
- % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at
- % least two.
- \tempnum = 2
- %
- % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
- % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
- \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
- %
- % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
- \ifrettypeownline
- \advance\tempnum by 1
- \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
- \else
- \def\maybeshapeline{}%
- \fi
- %
- % The continuations:
- \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
- %
- % The final paragraph shape:
- \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2
- %
- % Put the category name at the right margin.
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
- % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
- \kern\leftskip
- % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
- }%
- %
- % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
- \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
- {%
- % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
- % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
- % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
- % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
- % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
- % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
- % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
- % one has made identifiers using them :).
- \df \tt
- \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
- \ifx\temp\empty\else
- \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
- \ifrettypeownline
- % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
- \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break
- \else
- \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space
- \fi
- \fi % no return type
- #3% output function name
- }%
- {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont
- %
- \boldbrax
- % arguments will be output next, if any.
-}
-
-% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
-% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
-% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
-% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-%
-\def\defunargs#1{%
- % use sl by default (not ttsl),
- % tt for the names.
- \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
- %
- % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
- % want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so
- % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter.
- % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen
- % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`.
- \def\var##1{{\setregularquotes\ttslanted{##1}}}%
- #1%
- \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
-}
-
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
- \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
- \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
- \catcode`\&=\active
-}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-{
- \activeparens
- \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
- \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
- \global\let& = \&
-
- \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
- \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
-}
-\let\ampchar\&
-
-\newcount\parencount
-
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\newif\ifampseen
-\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
-
-\def\parenfont{%
- \ifampseen
- % At the first level, print parens in roman,
- % otherwise use the default font.
- \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
- \else
- % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
- % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
- \sf
- \fi
-}
-\def\infirstlevel#1{%
- \ifampseen
- \ifnum\parencount=1
- #1%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-
-\def\opnr{%
- \global\advance\parencount by 1
- {\parenfont(}%
- \infirstlevel \bfafterword
-}
-\def\clnr{%
- {\parenfont)}%
- \infirstlevel \sl
- \global\advance\parencount by -1
-}
-
-\newcount\brackcount
-\def\lbrb{%
- \global\advance\brackcount by 1
- {\bf[}%
-}
-\def\rbrb{%
- {\bf]}%
- \global\advance\brackcount by -1
-}
-
-\def\checkparencounts{%
- \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
- \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
-}
-% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
-% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
-\def\badparencount{%
- \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
- \global\parencount=0
-}
-\def\badbrackcount{%
- \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
- \global\brackcount=0
-}
-
-
-\message{macros,}
-% @macro.
-
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
-% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
- \newwrite\macscribble
- \def\scantokens#1{%
- \toks0={#1}%
- \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
- \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
- \immediate\closeout\macscribble
- \input \jobname.tmp
- }
-\fi
-
-\let\E=\expandafter
-
-% Used at the time of macro expansion.
-% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
- \newlinechar`\^^M
- % expand the expansion of \eatleadingcr twice to maybe remove a leading
- % newline (and \else and \fi tokens), then call \eatspaces on the result.
- \def\xeatspaces##1{%
- \E\E\E\E\E\E\E\eatspaces\E\E\E\E\E\E\E{\eatleadingcr##1%
- }}%
- \def\xempty##1{}%
- %
- % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
- \scantokens{#1@comment}%
- %
- % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
- % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla
- % in math mode.
-}
-
-% Used for copying and captions
-\def\scanexp#1{%
- \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
-}
-
-\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
-\newtoks\macname % Macro name
-\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
-
-% List of all defined macros in the form
-% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2...
-% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
-% if there is a need.
-\def\macrolist{}
-
-% Add the macro to \macrolist
-\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
-\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}%
- \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
-}
-
-% Utility routines.
-% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
-% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
-% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
-%
-\def\cslet#1#2{%
- \expandafter\let
- \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
- \csname#2\endcsname
-}
-
-% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
-% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
-\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
-\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
-\def\unbrace#1{#1}
-\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
-}
-
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other%
-\gdef\eatleadingcr#1{\if\noexpand#1\noexpand^^M\else\E#1\fi}}%
-% Warning: this won't work for a delimited argument
-% or for an empty argument
-
-% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
-\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
-\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
-\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
-}
-
-% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
-% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
-% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
-%
-% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
-% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to
-% confine the change to the current group.
-%
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
-% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-%
-\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\+=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \passthroughcharstrue
-}
-
-\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\\=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
-}
-
-\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\ =\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\{=\other
- \catcode`\}=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
- \usembodybackslash
-}
-
-% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode
-% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
-% an argument to another Texinfo command.
-\def\macroargctxt{%
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\ =\active
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
- \catcode`\\=\active
-}
-
-\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\{=\other
- \catcode`\}=\other
-}
-
-% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
-% where N is the macro parameter number.
-% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
-% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-%
-{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
- @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
- @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
-}
-\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
-
-\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
-
-\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
-\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
-
-\def\macroxxx#1{%
- \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
- \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
- \paramno=0\relax
- \else
- \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
- \if\paramno>256\relax
- \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
- \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
- \else
- \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
- \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
- \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
- \fi
- \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
- \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
- \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
- \fi}
-
-\parseargdef\unmacro{%
- \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
- \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
- \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
- % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
- \begingroup
- \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
- \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo
- \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
- \endgroup
- \else
- \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
-% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
-%
-\def\unmacrodo#1{%
- \ifx #1\relax
- % remove this
- \else
- \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1%
- \fi
-}
-
-% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to
-% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
-\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
-\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
-\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
-% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
-% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
-% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
-% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
-% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are
-% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
-% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
-% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
-%
-% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-%
-% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
-% \parsemmanyargdef.
-%
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
- \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
- \let\hash\relax
- % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
- \let\xeatspaces\relax
- \let\xempty\relax
- \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
- \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
- \paramno0\relax
- \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
- \fi
-}
-\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
- \if#1;\let\next=\relax
- \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
- \advance\paramno by 1
- \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
- {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno\noexpand\xempty{}}}%
- \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
- \fi\next}
-% the \xempty{} is to give \eatleadingcr an argument in the case of an
-% empty macro argument.
-
-% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
-%
-% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
-% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-%
-% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro
-% body to be transformed.
-% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro.
-%
-{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{%
-\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
-{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{%
-\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
-
-% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
-\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode `@=11\relax
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
-% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
-% processed again to replace the arguments.
-%
-% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
-% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
-% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
-%
-% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
-% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
-%
-% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
-% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
-% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
-% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
-% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
-% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
-\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
- \if#1;\let\next=\relax
- \else
- \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
- \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
- \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
- % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
- % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an
- % \xdef .
- \expandafter\edef\tempa
- {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
- \advance\paramno by 1\relax
- \fi\next}
-
-
-\let\endargs@\relax
-\let\nil@\relax
-\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
-\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
-
-% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
-% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
-% macarg.ARGNAME
-%
-% #1 is the macro name
-% #2 is the list of argument names
-% #3 is the list of argument values
-\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
- \def\macargdeflist@{}%
- \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
- \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
- \def\macroname{#1}%
- \begingroup
- \macroargctxt
- \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
- \def\@tempa{#3}%
- \ifx\@tempa\empty
- \setemptyargvalues@
- \else
- \getargvals@@
- \fi
-}
-\def\getargvals@@{%
- \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
- % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
- \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
- \fi
- \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
- \else
- \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
- % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg
- % macros to empty.
- \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
- \else
- % pop current arg name into \@tempb
- \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
- \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
- % pop current argument value into \@tempc
- \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
- \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
- % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
- % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
- \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
- \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
- \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
- \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
- \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
- \let\next\getargvals@@
- \fi
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-\def\push@#1#2{%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
- \expandafter#1#2}%
-}
-
-% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
-% in macro \@tempa.
-%
-\def\macvalstoargs@{%
- % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
- % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
- % values into respective token registers.
- %
- % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
- \begingroup
- \paramno0\relax
- % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
- % value into a new token list register \toks#N
- \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
- % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
- % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
- % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
- \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
- % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
- % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
- % group.
- \expandafter
- \endgroup
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
- }
-
-% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
-%
-\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
- \expandafter
- \endgroup
- \macargdeflist@
- % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
- % is in \@tempa .
- \macvalstoargs@
- % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
- % with \@tempb .
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
- % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
- % \egroup .
- \ifx\@tempb\gobble
- \let\@tempc\relax
- \else
- \let\@tempc\egroup
- \fi
- % And now we do the real job:
- \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
- \@tempd
-}
-
-\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
- \if#1;\let\next\relax
- \else
- \let\next\putargsintokens@
- % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
- % alias \@tempb .
- \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
- % Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
- \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
- \advance\paramno by 1\relax
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
-%
-\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
- \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
- \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
- \else
- \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
- \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
- \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
- \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
- \def\paramlist{#2}%
-}
-
-% #1 is the element target macro
-% #2 is the list macro
-% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
-\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
- \def#1{#3}%
- \def#2{#4}%
-}
-\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
- \long\def#1{#3}%
- \long\def#2{#4}%
-}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
-% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
-% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
-% \paramno is the number of parameters
-% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
-% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
-% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
-%
-\def\defmacro{%
- \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
- \ifnum\paramno=1
- \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
- % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't
- % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost
- % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based
- % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly.
- \else
- \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion
- \fi
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup
- \noexpand\spaceisspace
- \noexpand\endlineisspace
- \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name.
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
- }%
- \else % at most 9
- \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
- % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
- % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a
- % comma.
- % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
- % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup
- \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
- \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
- \noexpand\expandafter
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
- \noexpand\passargtomacro
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
- \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
- \else % 10 or more:
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
- }%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
- \fi
- \fi}
-
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
-
-\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
-@catcode`@_=11 % private names
-@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator
-
-% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
-% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
-% compressed to one.
-%
-% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use
-% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where
-% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to
-% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
-%
-% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
-% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
-%
-% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input)
-%
-% where:
-% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
-% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
-% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
-% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
-
-@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
- @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
-}
-@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
-% #2 - PENDING_BS
-% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
-% #4 used to look ahead
-%
-% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument;
-% otherwise, remove the next token.
-@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
- @ifx#4\%
- @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish
- @else
- @expandafter@add_segment
- @fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
-}
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
-% #2 - PENDING_BS
-% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
-% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
-% #5 looks ahead
-%
-% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
-@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
- @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
-}
-
-@gdef@is_fi{@fi}
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
-% #2 - PENDING_BS
-% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
-% #4 is input stream until next backslash
-%
-% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a
-% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.
-% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish,
-% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
-% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
-% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
-% added to ARG_RESULT.
-@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
-@ifx#3@_finish
- @call_the_macro#1!%
-@else
- % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
- @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
- % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
- % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how
- % long #4 is.
-}
-
-% #1 - THE_MACRO
-% #2 - ARG_RESULT
-% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the
-% conditional.
-@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
-
-}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks
-% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context
-% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then,
-% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
-% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
-%
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
-\def\braceorlinexxx{%
- \ifx\nchar\bgroup
- \macroargctxt
- \expandafter\passargtomacro
- \else
- \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
- \fi \macnamexxx}
-
-
-% @alias.
-% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-%
-\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
-\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
- {%
- \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
- \addtomacrolist{#1}%
- \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
- }%
- \next
-}
-
-
-\message{cross references,}
-
-\newwrite\auxfile
-\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is relatively simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
- \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
- node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
-% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
-% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
-% @node foo , bar , ...
-% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
-%
-\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
-%
-% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
-% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
-\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode}
-
-% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex
-% conditional.
-% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need
-% that here.
-\def\omittopnode{%
- \ifx\lastnode\wordTop
- \expandafter\ignorenode\fi
-}
-\def\wordTop{Top}
-
-% Until the next @node or @bye command, divert output to a box that is not
-% output.
-\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup\def\node{\egroup\node}%
-\ignorenodebye
-}
-
-{\let\bye\relax
-\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef}
-\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}}
-% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer
-
-\let\lastnode=\empty
-
-% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
-% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
-%
-\def\donoderef#1{%
- \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
- \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\empty
- \fi
-}
-
-% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\newcount\savesfregister
-%
-\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
-% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection,
-% or the anchor name.
-% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
-% empty for anchors.
-% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
-%
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
-% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
-% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{%
- \pdfmkdest{#1}%
- \iflinks
- {%
- \requireauxfile
- \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
- % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
- \def\value##1{##1}%
- \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
- \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
- ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
- }%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}%
- \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
- \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
- \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
-% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
-% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
-% variable, now it's official.
-%
-\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
- = \empty
- \else\ifx\temp\offword
- \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
- = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
- must be on|off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% \f
-% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
-% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
-% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
-% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
-\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
-\def\ref{\xrefXX}
-
-\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
-\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
-%
-\newbox\toprefbox
-\newbox\printedrefnamebox
-\newbox\infofilenamebox
-\newbox\printedmanualbox
-%
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- %
- % Get args without leading/trailing spaces.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
- %
- \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}%
- \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}%
- %
- \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
- \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
- %
- % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in
- % the @xref, figure out what we want to use.
- \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
- % No printed node name was explicitly given.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
- % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside
- % the square brackets if we have it.
- \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
- % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- \ifhavexrefs
- % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values.
- \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}}%
- \else
- % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \fi%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % Make link in pdf output.
- \ifpdf
- % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
- {\indexnofonts
- \makevalueexpandable
- \turnoffactive
- % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
- % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
- % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
- \getfilename{#4}%
- %
- % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
- % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
- \setpdfdestname{#1}%
- %
- \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
- \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
- \fi
- %
- \leavevmode
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- \ifnum\filenamelength>0
- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}%
- \else
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}%
- \fi
- }%
- \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
- \else
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \else
- % For XeTeX
- {\indexnofonts
- \makevalueexpandable
- \turnoffactive
- % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
- % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
- % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
- \getfilename{#4}%
- %
- % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
- % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
- \setpdfdestname{#1}%
- %
- \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
- \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
- \fi
- %
- \leavevmode
- \ifnum\filenamelength>0
- % With default settings,
- % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
- % In this case, the replaced destination names of
- % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement,
- % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
- % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+),
- % this command line option is no longer necessary
- % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special.
- \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
- << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
- \else
- \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
- << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
- \fi
- }%
- \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
- \fi
- \fi
- {%
- % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
- % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \def\value##1{##1}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
- \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
- }%
- %
- % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
- % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by
- % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
- \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
- % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
- % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
- \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
- \refx{#1-snt}%
- \else
- \printedrefname
- \fi
- %
- % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
- % "in MANUALNAME".
- \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
- \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \fi
- \else
- % node/anchor (non-float) references.
- %
- % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
- % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
- % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
- % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name
- % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
- %
- \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
- % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
- %
- \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
- %
- \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
- % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
- % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as
- % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
- %
- \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
- %
- \else
- % Reference within this manual.
- %
- % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty, as the ref
- % will be empty for @unnumbered and @anchor.
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
- %
- % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
- \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiomitxrefpg\endcsname\relax
- % But we always want a comma and a space:
- ,\space
- %
- % output the `page 3'.
- \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}%
- % Add a , if xref followed by a space
- \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
- \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
- \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @*
- \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE
- \else\ifx\
- \tokenafterxref ,% @NL
- \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \fi
- \fi\fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice).
-%
-% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
-% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
-% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
-%
-% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
-% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
-% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
-% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
-% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
-%
-% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
-% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
-%
-\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
- \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty?
- \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top?
- \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space
- \fi
- \fi
- #1%
-}
-
-% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
-% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
-% one that Bob is working on :).
-%
-\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
-
-% Things referred to by \setref.
-%
-\def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
-\def\Ynumbered{%
- \ifnum\secno=0
- \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
- \else
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\Yappendix{%
- \ifnum\secno=0
- \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
- \else
- \putwordSection@tie
- @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-
-% \refx{NAME} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-\def\refx#1{%
- \requireauxfile
- {%
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \def\value##1{##1}%
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
- \csname XR#1\endcsname
- }%
- \ifx\thisrefX\relax
- % If not defined, say something at least.
- \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
- \iflinks
- \ifhavexrefs
- {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
- \else
- \ifwarnedxrefs\else
- \global\warnedxrefstrue
- \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % It's defined, so just use it.
- \thisrefX
- \fi
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control
-% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence
-% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float
-% type, we have more work to do.
-%
-\def\xrdef#1#2{%
- {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
- % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
- % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \def\value##1{##1}%
- \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
- }%
- %
- \bgroup
- \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}%
- \egroup
- % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on
- % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with
- % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does
- % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax.
- %
- % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
- \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
- % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
- \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
- %
- % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
- \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
- \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
- \else
- % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
- \fi
- %
- % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
- % for later use in \listoffloats.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
- {\safexrefname}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
-\def\requireauxfile{%
- \iflinks
- \tryauxfile
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
- \fi
- \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once.
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
-%
-\def\tryauxfile{%
- \openin 1 \jobname.aux
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readdatafile{aux}%
- \global\havexrefstrue
- \fi
- \closein 1
-}
-
-\def\setupdatafile{%
- \catcode`\^^@=\other
- \catcode`\^^A=\other
- \catcode`\^^B=\other
- \catcode`\^^C=\other
- \catcode`\^^D=\other
- \catcode`\^^E=\other
- \catcode`\^^F=\other
- \catcode`\^^G=\other
- \catcode`\^^H=\other
- \catcode`\^^K=\other
- \catcode`\^^L=\other
- \catcode`\^^N=\other
- \catcode`\^^P=\other
- \catcode`\^^Q=\other
- \catcode`\^^R=\other
- \catcode`\^^S=\other
- \catcode`\^^T=\other
- \catcode`\^^U=\other
- \catcode`\^^V=\other
- \catcode`\^^W=\other
- \catcode`\^^X=\other
- \catcode`\^^Z=\other
- \catcode`\^^[=\other
- \catcode`\^^\=\other
- \catcode`\^^]=\other
- \catcode`\^^^=\other
- \catcode`\^^_=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- %
- % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\[=\other
- \catcode`\]=\other
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\_=\active
- \catcode`\|=\active
- \catcode`\<=\active
- \catcode`\>=\active
- \catcode`\$=\other
- \catcode`\#=\other
- \catcode`\&=\other
- \catcode`\%=\other
- \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
- %
- \catcode`\\=\active
- %
- % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
- \catcode`\{=1
- \catcode`\}=2
- \catcode`\@=0
-}
-
-\def\readdatafile#1{%
-\begingroup
- \setupdatafile
- \input\jobname.#1
-\endgroup}
-
-
-\message{insertions,}
-% including footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
- \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
- \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
- %
- % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
- % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
- \let\@sf\empty
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
- %
- % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
- \unskip
- \thisfootno\@sf
- \dofootnote
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\gdef\dofootnote{%
- \insert\footins\bgroup
- %
- % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
- % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
- \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
- %
- % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
- % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
- % So reset some parameters.
- \hsize=\txipagewidth
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
- \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z@skip
- \rightskip\z@skip
- \spaceskip\z@skip
- \xspaceskip\z@skip
- \parindent\defaultparindent
- %
- \smallfonts \rm
- %
- % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
- % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
- % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
- % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
- \let\noindent = \relax
- %
- % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
- % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
- \everypar = {\hang}%
- \textindent{\thisfootno}%
- %
- % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
- % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
- % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
- \footstrut
- %
- % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
- \futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-\def\errfootnotenest{%
- \errhelp=\EMsimple
- \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
- even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
-}
-
-\def\errfootnoteheading{%
- \errhelp=\EMsimple
- \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
-}
-
-% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
-% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
-% would be lost.
-% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
-% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
-%
-% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
-% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
-% out prematurely.
-%
-\def\startsavinginserts{%
- \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
- \let\insert\saveinsert
- \else
- \let\checkinserts\relax
- \fi
-}
-
-% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
-% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
-%
-\def\saveinsert#1{%
- \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
- \afterassignment\next
- % swallow the left brace
- \let\temp =
-}
-\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
-\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
-
-\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
-
-\def\placesaveins#1{%
- \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
- {\box#1}%
-}
-
-% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
-{
- \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
- \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
-}
-
-% initialization:
-\def\newsaveins #1{%
- \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
- \next
-}
-\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
- \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
- \checksaveins #1}%
-}
-
-% initialize:
-\let\checkinserts\empty
-\newsaveins\footins
-\newsaveins\margin
-
-
-% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
-% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
-% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
-% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
-% undone and the next image would fail.
-\openin 1 = epsf.tex
-\ifeof 1 \else
- % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
- % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
- \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
- \input epsf.tex
-\fi
-\closein 1
-%
-% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
-\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
-\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
- work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
- it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.}
-%
-\def\image#1{%
- \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
- \ifwarnednoepsf \else
- \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
- \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
- \global\warnednoepsftrue
- \fi
- \else
- \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
- \fi
-}
-%
-% Arguments to @image:
-% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
-% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
-% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
-\newif\ifimagevmode
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
- \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
- \makevalueexpandable
- % If the image is by itself, center it.
- \ifvmode
- \imagevmodetrue
- \else \ifx\centersub\centerV
- % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space
- \imagevmodetrue
- \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev
- \fi\fi
- %
- \ifimagevmode
- \nobreak\medskip
- % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
- % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
- % above and below.
- \nobreak\vskip\parskip
- \nobreak
- \fi
- %
- % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
- % environment such as @quotation is respected.
- % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the
- % normal paragraph indentation.
- % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't
- % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and
- % eradicate the centering.
- \ifx\centersub\centerV \else \imageindent \fi
- %
- % Output the image.
- \ifpdf
- % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
- \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \else
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- % For epsf.tex
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
- \else
- % For XeTeX
- \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- \ifimagevmode
- \medskip % space after a standalone image
- \fi
- \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
-% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
-% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
-%
-\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
-
-% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
-\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
-
-% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
-% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
-% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-%
-% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
-% be referable.
-%
-% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
-% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-%
-% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
-% chapter-level command.
-\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
-%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
- \let\thiscaption=\empty
- \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
- %
- % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
- %
- % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
- % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
- %
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
- \par
- %
- \vtop\bgroup
- \def\floattype{#1}%
- \def\floatlabel{#2}%
- \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
- %
- \ifx\floattype\empty
- \let\safefloattype=\empty
- \else
- {%
- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
- % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
- %
- \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
- \global\advance\floatno by 1
- %
- {%
- % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the
- % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
- % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
- % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
- % lists of floats.
- %
- \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
- \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
- \vskip\parskip
- %
- % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% we have these possibilities:
-% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
-% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
-% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
-% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
-% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
-% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
-% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
-% @float & no caption:
-%
-\def\Efloat{%
- \let\floatident = \empty
- %
- % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
- %
- % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
- \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
- \fi
- % the number.
- \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
- \fi
- %
- % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
- % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
- \let\captionline = \floatident
- %
- \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
- \ifx\floatident\empty \else
- \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
- \fi
- %
- % caption text.
- \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
- \fi
- %
- % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
- % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
- \ifx\captionline\empty \else
- \vskip.5\parskip
- \captionline
- %
- % Space below caption.
- \vskip\parskip
- \fi
- %
- % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
- % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
- % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
- % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
- {%
- \requireauxfile
- \atdummies
- %
- \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
- \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
- \else
- \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
- \fi
- \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
- \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
- }%
- \fi
- \egroup % end of \vtop
- %
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
-%
-\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
-}
-
-% @caption, @shortcaption
-%
-\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
-\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
-\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
-\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
-
-% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
-% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
-\def\getfloatno#1{%
- \ifx#1\relax
- % Haven't seen this figure type before.
- \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
- %
- % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
- \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
- \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
- \fi
- \let\floatno#1%
-}
-
-% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
-% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
-% first read the @float command.
-%
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-
-% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
-% distinguish floats from other xref types.
-\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
-
-% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
-% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
-% \currentsection value which we \setref above.
-%
-\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
-%
-% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
-% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
-%
-\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \def\iffloattype{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\floatmagic
-}
-
-% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-%
-\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
- \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
- {%
- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
- }%
- %
- % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
- \ifhavexrefs
- % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
- \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
- \fi
- \else
- \begingroup
- \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
- \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
- \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
-% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
-% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
-% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
-%
-% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
-% they won't appear in the aux file).
-%
-\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
-\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
- % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
- % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
- % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
- % in pdf output.
- \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
- %
- % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
- \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
- \writeentry
-}}
-
-
-\message{localization,}
-
-% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
-% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language
-% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
-%
-{
- \catcode`\_ = \active
- \globaldefs=1
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
- \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
- % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
- \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test
- \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
- \ifeof 1
- \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
- \else
- \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
- \input txi-#1.tex
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup % end raw TeX
-}
-%
-% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
-% try txi-de.tex.
-%
-\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
- \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
- \ifeof 1
- \errhelp = \nolanghelp
- \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
- \else
- \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
- \input txi-#1.tex
- \fi
- \closein 1
-}
-}% end of special _ catcode
-%
-\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current
-directory should work if nowhere else does.}
-
-% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
-% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
-% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
-%
-% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
-% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
-% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
-%
-% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
-% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in
-% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the
-% accented characters problem.)
-%
-\catcode`@=11
-\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
- % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
- \message{no patterns for #1}%
- \else
- \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
- \fi
- % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
- \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
- \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
-}
-
-% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively.
-% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation.
-% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise.
-%
-\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
-\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
-
-\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
- \txinativeunicodecapablefalse
- \txiusebytewiseiotrue
- \else
- \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
- \txiusebytewiseiofalse
- \fi
-\else
- \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
- \txiusebytewiseiofalse
-\fi
-
-% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
-% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
-%
-\def\setbytewiseio{%
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \else
- \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read
- \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file
- % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
- % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
- % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
- % place of non-ASCII characters.
- \fi
-
- \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
- \else
- \directlua{
- local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
- local function convert_char (char)
- return utf8_char(byte(char))
- end
-
- local function convert_line (line)
- return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
- end
-
- callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
-
- local function convert_line_out (line)
- local line_out = ""
- for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
- line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
- end
- return line_out
- end
-
- callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
- }
- \fi
-
- \txiusebytewiseiotrue
-}
-
-
-% Helpers for encodings.
-% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
-%
-\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
- \count255=128
- \loop\ifnum\count255<256
- \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
- \advance\count255 by 1
- \repeat
-}
-
-\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
- \count255=128
- \loop\ifnum\count255<256
- \catcode\count255=#1\relax
- \advance\count255 by 1
- \repeat
-}
-
-% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
-% according to the specified encoding.
-%
-\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
-\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
- %
- % Encoding being declared for the document.
- \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
- %
- % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
- % to compare them with \ifx.
- \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
- \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
- \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
- \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
- \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
- %
- \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
- \asciichardefs
- %
- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
- \setbytewiseio
- \fi
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- \lattwochardefs
- %
- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
- \setbytewiseio
- \fi
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- \latonechardefs
- %
- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
- \setbytewiseio
- \fi
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- \latninechardefs
- %
- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
- % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
- \nativeunicodechardefs
- \else
- % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX)
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level
- % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated
- % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is
- % sufficient.
- \fi
- %
- \else
- \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
- %
- \fi % utfeight
- \fi % latnine
- \fi % latone
- \fi % lattwo
- \fi % ascii
- %
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \else
- \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- \else
- \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
- \else
- \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle %
- non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-
-% emacs-page
-% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
-% the default font encoding (OT1).
-%
-\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
-
-% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
-\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
-
-% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
-% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
-% macros containing the character definitions.
-\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-%
-
-\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
-\gdef#1{%
- \ifpassthroughchars
- \string#1%
- \else
- #2%
- \fi
-}}
-
-% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
-\def\latonechardefs{%
- \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
- \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
- \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
- \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}}
- \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
- \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
- \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
- \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
- \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
- \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}}
- \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
- \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}}
- \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
- \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
- \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}}
- \gdefchar^^af{\={}}
- %
- \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
- \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
- \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
- \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
- \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
- \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
- \gdefchar^^b6{\P}
- \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
- \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
- \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
- \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
- \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}}
- \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
- \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
- \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
- \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
- %
- \gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
- \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
- \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
- \gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
- \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
- \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
- \gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
- \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
- \gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
- \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
- \gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
- \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
- \gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
- \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
- \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
- \gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
- %
- \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
- \gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
- \gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
- \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
- \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
- \gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
- \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
- \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
- \gdefchar^^d8{\O}
- \gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
- \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
- \gdefchar^^db{\^U}
- \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
- \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
- \gdefchar^^de{\TH}
- \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
- %
- \gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
- \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
- \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
- \gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
- \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
- \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
- \gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
- \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
- \gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
- \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
- \gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
- \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
- \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
- \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
- \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
- \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
- %
- \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
- \gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
- \gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
- \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
- \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
- \gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
- \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
- \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
- \gdefchar^^f8{\o}
- \gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
- \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
- \gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
- \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
- \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
- \gdefchar^^fe{\th}
- \gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
-}
-
-% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
-\def\latninechardefs{%
- % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
- \latonechardefs
- %
- \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}}
- \gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
- \gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
- \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
- \gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
- \gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
- \gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
- \gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
-}
-
-% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
-\def\lattwochardefs{%
- \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
- \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
- \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
- \gdefchar^^a3{\L}
- \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
- \gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
- \gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
- \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
- \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
- \gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
- \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
- \gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
- \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
- \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
- \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
- \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
- %
- \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}}
- \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
- \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
- \gdefchar^^b3{\l}
- \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
- \gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
- \gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
- \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
- \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
- \gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
- \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
- \gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
- \gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
- \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
- \gdefchar^^be{\v z}
- \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
- %
- \gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
- \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
- \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
- \gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
- \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
- \gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
- \gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
- \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
- \gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
- \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
- \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
- \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
- \gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
- \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
- \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
- \gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
- %
- \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
- \gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
- \gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
- \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
- \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
- \gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
- \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
- \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
- \gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
- \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
- \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
- \gdefchar^^db{\H U}
- \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
- \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
- \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
- \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
- %
- \gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
- \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
- \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
- \gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
- \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
- \gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
- \gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
- \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
- \gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
- \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
- \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
- \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
- \gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
- \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
- \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
- \gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
- %
- \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
- \gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
- \gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
- \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
- \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
- \gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
- \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
- \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
- \gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
- \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
- \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
- \gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
- \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
- \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
- \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
- \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
-}
-
-% UTF-8 character definitions.
-%
-% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
-% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by
-% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
-%
-\newcount\countUTFx
-\newcount\countUTFy
-\newcount\countUTFz
-
-\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
- \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
-%
-\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
- \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
-%
-\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
- \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
-
-\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
- \ifx #1\relax
- \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
- \else
- \expandafter #1%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\~13
- \catcode`\$12
- \catcode`\"12
-
- % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
- % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
- \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
- \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
- \uccode`\~\countUTFx
- \uccode`\$\countUTFx
- \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
- \advance\countUTFx by 1
- \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
- \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
- \fi}
-
- % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to
- % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
- \countUTFx = "80
- \countUTFy = "C2
- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \gdef~{%
- \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
- \UTFviiiLoop
-
- \countUTFx = "C2
- \countUTFy = "E0
- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \gdef~{%
- \ifpassthroughchars $%
- \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
- \UTFviiiLoop
-
- \countUTFx = "E0
- \countUTFy = "F0
- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \gdef~{%
- \ifpassthroughchars $%
- \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
- \UTFviiiLoop
-
- \countUTFx = "F0
- \countUTFy = "F4
- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \gdef~{%
- \ifpassthroughchars $%
- \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
- }}%
- \UTFviiiLoop
-\endgroup
-
-\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
-
-% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
-\def\U#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
- % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is
- % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph,
- % letters are missing.
- \begingroup
- \uccode`\.="#1\relax
- \uppercase{.}
- \endgroup
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
- \fi
- \else
- \csname uni:#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
-% sequence to be defined.
-\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
- \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
-\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
- \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
-\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
- \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
-
-% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX),
-% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character;
-% this gets used by the @U command
-%
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\"=12
- \catcode`\<=12
- \catcode`\.=12
- \catcode`\,=12
- \catcode`\;=12
- \catcode`\!=12
- \catcode`\~=13
- \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
- \countUTFz = "#1\relax
- \begingroup
- \parseXMLCharref
-
- % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's
- % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
- %
- % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
- % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
- % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token)
- %
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
- \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
- \fi
- %
- % define an additional control sequence for this code point.
- \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
- \endgroup}
- %
- % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
- % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
- \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
- \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
- \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
- \parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
- \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
- \parseUTFviiiA;%
- \parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
- \else
- \parseUTFviiiA;%
- \parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiA!%
- \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- }
-
- % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
- % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
- % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
- % of the bytes.
- \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
- \countUTFx = \countUTFz
- \divide\countUTFz by 64
- \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
- \multiply\countUTFz by 64
-
- % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract
- % in order to get the last five bits.
- \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
-
- % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
- \advance\countUTFx by 128
- \uccode `#1\countUTFx
- \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
-
- % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
- % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
- % sequence.
- % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
- % #3 is always a full stop (.)
- % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these
- % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
- \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
- \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
- \uccode `#3\countUTFz
- \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
-\endgroup
-
-% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
-% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally
-%
-\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
- \catcode"#1=\other
-}
-
-% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
-% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
-% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
-% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
-% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
-%
-% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
-% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts
-% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without
-% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
-% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
-% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at
-% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
-%
-\def\unicodechardefs{%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
- %
- % Greek letters upper case
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
- %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
- %
- % Vowels with accents
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
- %
- % Standalone accent
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
- %
- % Greek letters lower case
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
- %
- % More Greek vowels with accents
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
- %
- % Variant Greek letters
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
- %
- % Punctuation
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}%
- %
- % Mathematical symbols
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
- %
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
- %
- \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
-}% end of \unicodechardefs
-
-% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
-% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
-\def\utfeightchardefs{%
- \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
- \unicodechardefs
-}
-
-% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
-% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to
-% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
-% printing the correct glyphs.
-\newif\ifpassthroughchars
-\passthroughcharsfalse
-
-% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
-% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character
-%
-\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
- \catcode"#1=\active
- \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
- \begingroup
- \uccode`\~="##2\relax
- \uppercase{\gdef~}{%
- \ifpassthroughchars
- ##1%
- \else
- ##3%
- \fi
- }
- \endgroup
- }
- \begingroup
- \uccode`\.="#1\relax
- \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
- \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition.
-% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters.
-\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
- \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
- \unicodechardefs
-}
-
-% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
-% make the character token expand
-% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
-\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
- \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
- \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
-}
-
-% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX).
-\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
- \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
- \unicodechardefs
-}
-
-% US-ASCII character definitions.
-\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
- \relax
-}
-
-% Define all Unicode characters we know about. This makes UTF-8 the default
-% input encoding and allows @U to work.
-\iftxinativeunicodecapable
- \nativeunicodechardefsatu
-\else
- \utfeightchardefs
-\fi
-
-\message{formatting,}
-
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness = 10000
-
-% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 6666
-
-% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
-%
-\def\setemergencystretch{%
- \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
- % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
- \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
- \else
- \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
- \fi
-}
-
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
-% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
-% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
-%
-% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
-% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
- \voffset = #3\relax
- \topskip = #6\relax
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- %
- \vsize = #1\relax
- \advance\vsize by \topskip
- \outervsize = \vsize
- \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
- \txipageheight = \vsize
- %
- \hsize = #2\relax
- \outerhsize = \hsize
- \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \txipagewidth = \hsize
- %
- \normaloffset = #4\relax
- \bindingoffset = #5\relax
- %
- \ifpdf
- \pdfpageheight #7\relax
- \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
- % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
- % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
- \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
- \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
- \else
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \special{papersize=#8,#7}%
- \else
- \pdfpageheight #7\relax
- \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
- % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- \setleading{\textleading}
- %
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
- \setemergencystretch
-}
-
-% @letterpaper (the default).
-\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \textleading = 13.2pt
- %
- % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
- \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
- {\voffset}{.25in}%
- {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
- {11in}{8.5in}%
-}}
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
-\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
- \textleading = 12pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
- {-.2in}{0in}%
- {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
- {9.25in}{7in}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
- \tolerance = 700
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = .5cm
-}}
-
-% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
-% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
-\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
- \textleading = 12pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
- {-.2in}{-.4in}%
- {0pt}{14pt}%
- {9in}{6in}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
- \tolerance = 700
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = .4cm
-}}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \textleading = 13.2pt
- %
- % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
- % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
- % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
- % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
- % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
- % your texinfo source file like this:
- % @tex
- % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
- % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
- % @end tex
- \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- %
- \tolerance = 700
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = 5mm
-}}
-
-% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
-% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
-% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
-\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
- \textleading = 12.5pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
- {210mm}{148mm}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
- \tolerance = 800
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = 2mm
- \tableindent = 12mm
-}}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
- {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- %
- % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
-\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
- {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-\def\bsixpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{140mm}{100mm}%
- {-6.35mm}{-12.7mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{14pt}%
- {176mm}{125mm}%
- \let\SETdispenvsize=\smallword
- \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-
-% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
-% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
-% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
-\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
-\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
- \globaldefs = 1
- %
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \setleading{\textleading}%
- %
- \dimen0 = #1\relax
- \advance\dimen0 by 2.5in % default 1in margin above heading line
- % and 1.5in to include heading, footing and
- % bottom margin
- %
- \dimen2 = \hsize
- \advance\dimen2 by 2in % default to 1 inch margin on each side
- %
- \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
- {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
-}}
-
-% Set default to letter.
-%
-\letterpaper
-
-% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes.
-\hfuzz = 1pt
-
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
-
-% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
-\catcode`\^^? = 14
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
-\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
-\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
-\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
-\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
-\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
-\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
-% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
-% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
-% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
-% this is not a problem.
-\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
-
-% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-%
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
-\chardef\hatchar=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
-\let\realunder=_
-
-\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
-
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
-\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
-\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
-
-
-% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
-% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
-\def\texinfochars{%
- \let< = \activeless
- \let> = \activegtr
- \let~ = \activetilde
- \let^ = \activehat
- \setregularquotes
- \let\b = \strong
- \let\i = \smartitalic
- % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
-}
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
-% parsing them.
-\def\turnoffactive{%
- \normalturnoffactive
- \otherbackslash
-}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
-% as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
-
-% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
-% in fixed width font.
-\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on.
-
-% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use
-% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
-% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
-% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
-% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
-% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
-% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the
-% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
-
-@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
-@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
-
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
-@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'.
-%
-{@catcode`- = @active
- @gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
- @passthroughcharstrue
- @let-=@normaldash
- @let"=@normaldoublequote
- @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
- @let+=@normalplus
- @let<=@normalless
- @let>=@normalgreater
- @let^=@normalcaret
- @let_=@normalunderscore
- @let|=@normalverticalbar
- @let~=@normaltilde
- @let\=@ttbackslash
- @setregularquotes
- @unsepspaces
- }
-}
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on.
-@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other
-
-% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo'
-%
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after
-% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error.
-% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex.
-% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden.
-{
-@catcode`@^=7
-@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{%
- @global@let\ = @eatinput%
- @catcode`@^^M=13%
- @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}%
- % Definition for the newline at the end of this file.
- @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}%
- % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file.
- @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}%
- % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it
- @let@originalparsearg@parsearg
- @def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg}
-}}
-
-{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}}
-
-% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
-% appears by mistake.
-{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13%
-@gdef@enableemergencynewline{%
- @gdef^^M{%
- @par%
- %<warning: active newline>@par%
-}}}
-
-
-@gdef@fixbackslash{%
- @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi
- @catcode13=5 % regular end of line
- @enableemergencynewline
- @let@c=@comment
- @let@parsearg@originalparsearg
- % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
- % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
- @catcode`+=@active
- @catcode`@_=@active
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets
- % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf
- % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format
- % file for Texinfo.
- %
- @openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi
- @closein 1
-}
-
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-@escapechar = `@@
-
-% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need
-% active definitions as the normal characters.
-@def@normaldot{.}
-@def@normalquest{?}
-@def@normalslash{/}
-
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
-@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
-@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
-@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
-
-@let @hashchar = @normalhash
-
-@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
-@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we
-@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
-@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
-@catcode`@'=@active
-@catcode`@`=@active
-@setregularquotes
-
-@c Local variables:
-@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page"
-@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-@c time-stamp-end: "}"
-@c End:
-
-@c vim:sw=2:
-
-@enablebackslashhack
-
+++ /dev/null
-% txi-ja.tex -- Japanese translations and font definitions for texinfo.tex.
-%
-% Copyright 1999, 2007, 2008, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-% the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the license, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-% Written by Masamichi Hosoda, 5 May 2016, <trueroad@trueroad.jp>
-
-\txisetlanguage{USenglish}{2}{3}
-
-\plainnonfrenchspacing
-
-\gdef\putwordAppendix{付録}
-\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}
-\gdef\putworderror{エラー}
-\gdef\putwordfile{ファイル}
-\gdef\putwordin{in}
-\gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{（インデックスが空です）}
-\gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{（インデックスがありません）}
-\gdef\putwordInfo{Info}
-\gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}
-\gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}
-\gdef\putwordNoTitle{無題}
-\gdef\putwordof{of}
-\gdef\putwordon{on}
-\gdef\putwordpage{p.}
-\gdef\putwordsection{section}
-\gdef\putwordSection{Section}
-\gdef\putwordsee{see}
-\gdef\putwordSee{See}
-\gdef\putwordShortTOC{簡単な目次}
-\gdef\putwordTOC{目次}
-% And for MODIFIED VERSION, texinfo-modified.tex
-\gdef\putwordChapterPre{} % "第"をつけるなら "\gdef\putwordChapterPre{第@tie }" と定義すること。
-\gdef\putwordChapterSuf{章}
-\gdef\putwordSectionPre{} % "第"について同上。
-\gdef\putwordSectionSuf{節}
-\gdef\putwordAppendixPre{付録}
-\gdef\putwordAppendixChapterSuf{章}
-\gdef\putwordAppendixSectionSuf{章}
-\gdef\putwordSeeSuf{参照}
-%
-\gdef\putwordMJan{1月}
-\gdef\putwordMFeb{2月}
-\gdef\putwordMMar{3月}
-\gdef\putwordMApr{4月}
-\gdef\putwordMMay{5月}
-\gdef\putwordMJun{6月}
-\gdef\putwordMJul{7月}
-\gdef\putwordMAug{8月}
-\gdef\putwordMSep{9月}
-\gdef\putwordMOct{10月}
-\gdef\putwordMNov{11月}
-\gdef\putwordMDec{12月}
-%
-\gdef\putwordDefmac{マクロ}
-\gdef\putwordDefspec{特殊フォーム}
-\gdef\putwordDefvar{変数}
-\gdef\putwordDefopt{ユーザオプション}
-\gdef\putwordDeffunc{関数}
-
-% Produces Year Month Day style of output.
-\def\today{%
- \number\year 年\space
- \ifcase\month
- \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
- \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
- \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
- \fi
- \space\number\day 日}
-
-
-%
-% Japanese font definitions
-%
-
-\ifx\txijapackage\thisisundefined
- \errmessage{Required CJK package is not found.
- Use `texinfo-ja.tex' instead of `texinfo.tex'}
-\else
-
- %
- % For LuaTeX
- %
- \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
- \else
- % Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.)
- % Japanese font size is muliplied by 0.962216.
- \let\definealphabetictextfontsizexi\definetextfontsizexi
- \gdef\definetextfontsizexi{%
- % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
- \jfont\textmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 10.78pt
- \jfont\textgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 10.78pt
-
- % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
- \jfont\smallmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt
- \jfont\smallgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt
-
- % Fonts for small examples (8pt).
- \jfont\smallermc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 7.70pt
- \jfont\smallergt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 7.70pt
-
- % Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
- \jfont\titlemc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 19.63pt
- \jfont\titlegt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 19.63pt
-
- % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
- \jfont\chapmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 16.63pt
- \jfont\chapgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 16.63pt
-
- % Section fonts (14.4pt).
- \jfont\secmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 13.86pt
- \jfont\secgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 13.86pt
-
- % Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
- \jfont\ssecmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 12.65pt
- \jfont\ssecgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 12.65pt
-
- % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
- \jfont\reducedmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt
- \jfont\reducedgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt
-
- % Fonts for short table of contents.
- \jfont\shortcontmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt
- \jfont\shortcontgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt
-
- \definealphabetictextfontsizexi
- }
-
- % Definitions for a main text size of 10pt.
- % Japanese font size is muliplied by 0.962216.
- \let\definealphabetictextfontsizex\definetextfontsizex
- \gdef\definetextfontsizex{%
- % Text fonts (10pt).
- \jfont\textmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt
- \jfont\textgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt
-
- % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
- \jfont\smallmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt
- \jfont\smallgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt
-
- % Fonts for small examples (8pt).
- \jfont\smallermc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 7.70pt
- \jfont\smallergt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 7.70pt
-
- % Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
- \jfont\titlemc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 19.63pt
- \jfont\titlegt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 19.63pt
-
- % Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
- \jfont\chapmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 13.86pt
- \jfont\chapgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 13.86pt
-
- % Section fonts (12pt).
- \jfont\secmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt
- \jfont\secgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt
-
- % Subsection fonts (10pt).
- \jfont\ssecmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt
- \jfont\ssecgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 9.62pt
-
- % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
- \jfont\reducedmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt
- \jfont\reducedgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 8.66pt
-
- % Fonts for short table of contents.
- \jfont\shortcontmc{file:ipaexm.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt
- \jfont\shortcontgt{file:ipaexg.ttf:jfm=ujis} at 11.55pt
-
- \definealphabetictextfontsizex
- }
-
- % Ignore LuaTeX-ja added line end comment
- % https://osdn.jp/ticket/browse.php?group_id=5593&tid=36096
- %
- % Re-define texinfo.tex's \parseargusing
- \def\parseargusing#1#2{%
- \def\argtorun{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \ifx\ltjlineendcomment\thisisundefined
- % Ignore U+FFFFF for LuaTeX-ja <= 20160208.0
- \catcode"FFFFF=9
- \else
- % Ignore the character \ltjlineendcomment for LuaTeX-ja > 20160208.0
- \catcode\ltjlineendcomment=9
- \fi
- \obeylines
- \spaceisspace
- #1%
- \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
- }
- % Re-define texinfo.tex's \c
- \def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
- \ifx\ltjlineendcomment\thisisundefined
- % Ignore U+FFFFF for LuaTeX-ja <= 20160208.0
- \catcode"FFFFF=9%
- \else
- % Ignore the character \ltjlineendcomment for LuaTeX-ja > 20160208.0
- \catcode\ltjlineendcomment=9%
- \fi
- \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
- \cxxx}
- % Re-let \c related macro
- \let\comment=\c
- % Re-let \comment related macros
- \let\setfilename=\comment
- \let\dircategory=\comment
- \let\definfoenclose=\comment
- \let\footnotestyle=\comment
- \fi % LuaTeX
-
- %
- % For XeTeX
- %
- \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
- \else
- % Fix some Japanese character class
- % (unicode-letters.tex is wrong.)
- \def\do#1{\XeTeXcharclass"#1=1 }
- \do{3041}\do{3043}\do{3045}\do{3047}\do{3049}\do{3063}
- \do{3083}\do{3085}\do{3087}\do{308E}\do{3095}\do{3096}
- \do{30A1}\do{30A3}\do{30A5}\do{30A7}\do{30A9}\do{30C3}
- \do{30E3}\do{30E5}\do{30E7}\do{30EE}\do{30F5}\do{30F6}
- \do{30FC}\do{31F0}\do{31F1}\do{31F2}\do{31F3}\do{31F4}
- \do{31F5}\do{31F6}\do{31F7}\do{31F8}\do{31F9}\do{31FA}
- \do{31FB}\do{31FC}\do{31FD}\do{31FE}\do{31FF}
-
- % Add some character class
- \do{2015}\do{2016}\do{2025}\do{2030}\do{2032}\do{2033}
- \do{203B}\do{2103}\do{212B}
-
- \do{2500}\do{2501}\do{2502}\do{2503}\do{250C}\do{250F}
- \do{2510}\do{2513}\do{2514}\do{2517}\do{2518}\do{251B}
- \do{251C}\do{251D}\do{2520}\do{2523}\do{2524}\do{2525}
- \do{2528}\do{252B}\do{252C}\do{252F}\do{2530}\do{2533}
- \do{2534}\do{2537}\do{2538}\do{253B}\do{253C}\do{253F}
- \do{2542}\do{254B}
-
- \do{25A0}\do{25A1}\do{25B2}\do{25B3}\do{25BC}\do{25BD}
- \do{25C6}\do{25C7}\do{25CB}\do{25CE}\do{25CF}\do{25EF}
- \do{2605}\do{2606}\do{2640}\do{2642}
-
- \do{3000}
-
- % Setting Japanese font instead of Chinese font
- \def\setjafont#1{%
- \let\zhfont#1\let\zhpunctfont#1%
- \let\zhextafont#1\let\zhextbfont#1%
- }
-
- % Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.)
- % Japanese font size is muliplied by 0.962216.
- \let\definealphabetictextfontsizexi\definetextfontsizexi
- \gdef\definetextfontsizexi{%
- % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
- \font\textmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 10.78pt
- \font\textgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 10.78pt
- \def\textmc{\setjafont\textmczzz}
- \def\textgt{\setjafont\textgtzzz}
-
- % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
- \font\smallmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt
- \font\smallgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt
- \def\smallmc{\setjafont\smallmczzz}
- \def\smallgt{\setjafont\smallgtzzz}
-
- % Fonts for small examples (8pt).
- \font\smallermczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 7.70pt
- \font\smallergtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 7.70pt
- \def\smallermc{\setjafont\smallermczzz}
- \def\smallergt{\setjafont\smallergtzzz}
-
- % Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
- \font\titlemczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 19.63pt
- \font\titlegtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 19.63pt
- \def\titlemc{\setjafont\titlemczzz}
- \def\titlegt{\setjafont\titlegtzzz}
-
- % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
- \font\chapmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 16.63pt
- \font\chapgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 16.63pt
- \def\chapmc{\setjafont\chapmczzz}
- \def\chapgt{\setjafont\chapgtzzz}
-
- % Section fonts (14.4pt).
- \font\secmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 13.86pt
- \font\secgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 13.86pt
- \def\secmc{\setjafont\secmczzz}
- \def\secgt{\setjafont\secgtzzz}
-
- % Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
- \font\ssecmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 12.65pt
- \font\ssecgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 12.65pt
- \def\ssecmc{\setjafont\ssecmczzz}
- \def\ssecgt{\setjafont\ssecgtzzz}
-
- % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
- \font\reducedmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt
- \font\reducedgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt
- \def\reducedmc{\setjafont\reducedmczzz}
- \def\reducedgt{\setjafont\reducedgtzzz}
-
- % Fonts for short table of contents.
- \font\shortcontmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt
- \font\shortcontgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt
- \def\shortcontmc{\setjafont\shortcontmczzz}
- \def\shortcontgt{\setjafont\shortcontgtzzz}
-
- \definealphabetictextfontsizexi
- }
-
- % Definitions for a main text size of 10pt.
- % Japanese font size is muliplied by 0.962216.
- \let\definealphabetictextfontsizex\definetextfontsizex
- \gdef\definetextfontsizex{%
- % Text fonts (10pt).
- \font\textmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt
- \font\textgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt
- \def\textmc{\setjafont\textmczzz}
- \def\textgt{\setjafont\textgtzzz}
-
- % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
- \font\smallmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt
- \font\smallgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt
- \def\smallmc{\setjafont\smallmczzz}
- \def\smallgt{\setjafont\smallgtzzz}
-
- % Fonts for small examples (8pt).
- \font\smallermczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 7.70pt
- \font\smallergtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 7.70pt
- \def\smallermc{\setjafont\smallermczzz}
- \def\smallergt{\setjafont\smallergtzzz}
-
- % Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
- \font\titlemczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 19.63pt
- \font\titlegtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 19.63pt
- \def\titlemc{\setjafont\titlemczzz}
- \def\titlegt{\setjafont\titlegtzzz}
-
- % Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
- \font\chapmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 13.86pt
- \font\chapgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 13.86pt
- \def\chapmc{\setjafont\chapmczzz}
- \def\chapgt{\setjafont\chapgtzzz}
-
- % Section fonts (12pt).
- \font\secmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt
- \font\secgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt
- \def\secmc{\setjafont\secmczzz}
- \def\secgt{\setjafont\secgtzzz}
-
- % Subsection fonts (10pt).
- \font\ssecmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt
- \font\ssecgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 9.62pt
- \def\ssecmc{\setjafont\ssecmczzz}
- \def\ssecgt{\setjafont\ssecgtzzz}
-
- % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
- \font\reducedmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt
- \font\reducedgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 8.66pt
- \def\reducedmc{\setjafont\reducedmczzz}
- \def\reducedgt{\setjafont\reducedgtzzz}
-
- % Fonts for short table of contents.
- \font\shortcontmczzz"[ipaexm.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt
- \font\shortcontgtzzz"[ipaexg.ttf]:mapping=tex-text" at 11.55pt
- \def\shortcontmc{\setjafont\shortcontmczzz}
- \def\shortcontgt{\setjafont\shortcontgtzzz}
-
- \definealphabetictextfontsizex
- }
-
- % Japanese line break settings
- \XeTeXlinebreaklocale "ja_JP"
- \XeTeXlinebreakskip=0em plus 0.1em minus 0.01em
- \XeTeXlinebreakpenalty=0
-
- % For copy & paste Unicode characters (XeTeX 0.99995+)
- \ifx\XeTeXgenerateactualtext\thisisundefined
- \else
- \XeTeXgenerateactualtext=1
- \fi
-
- \fi % XeTeX
-
- \iftxinativeunicodecapable
-
- % Sync fonts
-
- \let\alphabeticrm\rm
- \gdef\rm{\alphabeticrm\tenmc}
-
- \let\alphabeticit\it
- \gdef\it{\alphabeticit\tenmc}
-
- \let\alphabeticsl\sl
- \gdef\sl{\alphabeticsl\tengt}
-
- \let\alphabeticbf\bf
- \gdef\bf{\alphabeticbf\tengt}
-
- \let\alphabetictt\tt
- \gdef\tt{\alphabetictt\tengt}
-
- % Add fonts
-
- \let\alphabetictextfonts\textfonts
- \gdef\textfonts{%
- \alphabetictextfonts
- \let\tenmc\textmc
- \let\tengt\textgt
- }
-
- \let\alphabetictitlefonts\titlefonts
- \gdef\titlefonts{%
- \alphabetictitlefonts
- \let\tenmc\titlemc
- \let\tengt\titlegt
- }
-
- \let\alphabeticchapfonts\chapfonts
- \gdef\chapfonts{%
- \alphabeticchapfonts
- \let\tenmc\chapmc
- \let\tengt\chapgt
- }
-
- \let\alphabeticsecfonts\secfonts
- \gdef\secfonts{%
- \alphabeticsecfonts
- \let\tenmc\secmc
- \let\tengt\secgt
- }
-
- \let\alphabeticsubsecfonts\subsecfonts
- \gdef\subsecfonts{%
- \alphabeticsubsecfonts
- \let\tenmc\ssecmc
- \let\tengt\ssecgt
- }
-
- \global\let\subsubsecfonts\subsecfonts
-
- \let\alphabeticreducedfonts\reducedfonts
- \gdef\reducedfonts{%
- \alphabeticreducedfonts
- \let\tenmc\reducedmc
- \let\tengt\reducedgt
- }
-
- \let\alphabeticsmallfonts\smallfonts
- \gdef\smallfonts{%
- \alphabeticsmallfonts
- \let\tenmc\smallmc
- \let\tengt\smallgt
- }
-
- \let\alphabeticsmallerfonts\smallerfonts
- \gdef\smallerfonts{%
- \alphabeticsmallerfonts
- \let\tenmc\smallermc
- \let\tengt\smallergt
- }
-
- \let\smallexamplefonts\smallfonts
-
- % Reset fonts
-
- \globaldefs = 1
- \definetextfontsizexi
- \globaldefs = 0
-
- \fi % \iftxinativeunicodecapable
-
-\fi % \ifx\txijapackage\thisisundefined
OSDN Git Service
